Mercurial > emacs
annotate doc/lispref/modes.texi @ 112453:06719a229a46 default tip
* calc/calc.el (calc-default-power-reference-level)
(calc-default-field-reference-level): New variables.
* calc/calc-units.el (math-standard-units): Add dB and Np.
(math-logunits): New variable.
(math-extract-logunits, math-logcombine, calcFunc-luplus)
(calcFunc-luminus, calc-luplus, calc-luminus, math-logunit-level)
(calcFunc-fieldlevel, calcFunc-powerlevel, calc-level): New
functions.
(math-find-base-units-rec): Add entry for ln(10).
* calc/calc-help.el (calc-u-prefix-help): Add logarithmic help.
(calc-ul-prefix-help): New function.
* calc/calc-ext.el (calc-init-extensions): Autoload new units
functions. Add keybindings for new units functions.
author | Jay Belanger <jay.p.belanger@gmail.com> |
---|---|
date | Sun, 23 Jan 2011 23:08:04 -0600 |
parents | 417b1e4d63cd |
children |
rev | line source |
---|---|
84089 | 1 @c -*-texinfo-*- |
2 @c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual. | |
3 @c Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1998, 1999, 2001, | |
112218
376148b31b5e
Add 2011 to FSF/AIST copyright years.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
112075
diff
changeset
|
4 @c 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
84089 | 5 @c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions. |
84116
0ba80d073e27
(setfilename): Go up one more level to ../../info.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
84089
diff
changeset
|
6 @setfilename ../../info/modes |
84089 | 7 @node Modes, Documentation, Keymaps, Top |
8 @chapter Major and Minor Modes | |
9 @cindex mode | |
10 | |
11 A @dfn{mode} is a set of definitions that customize Emacs and can be | |
12 turned on and off while you edit. There are two varieties of modes: | |
13 @dfn{major modes}, which are mutually exclusive and used for editing | |
14 particular kinds of text, and @dfn{minor modes}, which provide features | |
15 that users can enable individually. | |
16 | |
17 This chapter describes how to write both major and minor modes, how to | |
18 indicate them in the mode line, and how they run hooks supplied by the | |
19 user. For related topics such as keymaps and syntax tables, see | |
20 @ref{Keymaps}, and @ref{Syntax Tables}. | |
21 | |
22 @menu | |
111887
0eb10986b8f2
* doc/lispref/backups.texi (Making Backups):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
109948
diff
changeset
|
23 * Hooks:: How to use hooks; how to write code that provides hooks. |
0eb10986b8f2
* doc/lispref/backups.texi (Making Backups):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
109948
diff
changeset
|
24 * Major Modes:: Defining major modes. |
0eb10986b8f2
* doc/lispref/backups.texi (Making Backups):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
109948
diff
changeset
|
25 * Minor Modes:: Defining minor modes. |
0eb10986b8f2
* doc/lispref/backups.texi (Making Backups):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
109948
diff
changeset
|
26 * Mode Line Format:: Customizing the text that appears in the mode line. |
111918
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
27 * Imenu:: How a mode can provide a menu |
84089 | 28 of definitions in the buffer. |
111918
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
29 * Font Lock Mode:: How modes can highlight text according to syntax. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
30 * Auto-Indentation:: How to teach Emacs to indent for a major mode. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
31 * Desktop Save Mode:: How modes can have buffer state saved between |
84089 | 32 Emacs sessions. |
33 @end menu | |
34 | |
35 @node Hooks | |
36 @section Hooks | |
37 @cindex hooks | |
38 | |
39 A @dfn{hook} is a variable where you can store a function or functions | |
40 to be called on a particular occasion by an existing program. Emacs | |
41 provides hooks for the sake of customization. Most often, hooks are set | |
42 up in the init file (@pxref{Init File}), but Lisp programs can set them also. | |
43 @xref{Standard Hooks}, for a list of standard hook variables. | |
44 | |
45 @cindex normal hook | |
46 Most of the hooks in Emacs are @dfn{normal hooks}. These variables | |
47 contain lists of functions to be called with no arguments. By | |
48 convention, whenever the hook name ends in @samp{-hook}, that tells | |
49 you it is normal. We try to make all hooks normal, as much as | |
50 possible, so that you can use them in a uniform way. | |
51 | |
52 Every major mode function is supposed to run a normal hook called | |
53 the @dfn{mode hook} as the one of the last steps of initialization. | |
54 This makes it easy for a user to customize the behavior of the mode, | |
55 by overriding the buffer-local variable assignments already made by | |
56 the mode. Most minor mode functions also run a mode hook at the end. | |
57 But hooks are used in other contexts too. For example, the hook | |
58 @code{suspend-hook} runs just before Emacs suspends itself | |
59 (@pxref{Suspending Emacs}). | |
60 | |
61 The recommended way to add a hook function to a normal hook is by | |
62 calling @code{add-hook} (see below). The hook functions may be any of | |
63 the valid kinds of functions that @code{funcall} accepts (@pxref{What | |
64 Is a Function}). Most normal hook variables are initially void; | |
65 @code{add-hook} knows how to deal with this. You can add hooks either | |
66 globally or buffer-locally with @code{add-hook}. | |
67 | |
68 @cindex abnormal hook | |
69 If the hook variable's name does not end with @samp{-hook}, that | |
70 indicates it is probably an @dfn{abnormal hook}. That means the hook | |
71 functions are called with arguments, or their return values are used | |
72 in some way. The hook's documentation says how the functions are | |
73 called. You can use @code{add-hook} to add a function to an abnormal | |
74 hook, but you must write the function to follow the hook's calling | |
75 convention. | |
76 | |
77 By convention, abnormal hook names end in @samp{-functions} or | |
78 @samp{-hooks}. If the variable's name ends in @samp{-function}, then | |
79 its value is just a single function, not a list of functions. | |
80 | |
87981
8eba27dae69a
(Running Hooks, Setting Hooks): New nodes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
87649
diff
changeset
|
81 @menu |
111887
0eb10986b8f2
* doc/lispref/backups.texi (Making Backups):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
109948
diff
changeset
|
82 * Running Hooks:: How to run a hook. |
0eb10986b8f2
* doc/lispref/backups.texi (Making Backups):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
109948
diff
changeset
|
83 * Setting Hooks:: How to put functions on a hook, or remove them. |
87981
8eba27dae69a
(Running Hooks, Setting Hooks): New nodes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
87649
diff
changeset
|
84 @end menu |
8eba27dae69a
(Running Hooks, Setting Hooks): New nodes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
87649
diff
changeset
|
85 |
8eba27dae69a
(Running Hooks, Setting Hooks): New nodes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
87649
diff
changeset
|
86 @node Running Hooks |
8eba27dae69a
(Running Hooks, Setting Hooks): New nodes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
87649
diff
changeset
|
87 @subsection Running Hooks |
8eba27dae69a
(Running Hooks, Setting Hooks): New nodes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
87649
diff
changeset
|
88 |
8eba27dae69a
(Running Hooks, Setting Hooks): New nodes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
87649
diff
changeset
|
89 At the appropriate times, Emacs uses the @code{run-hooks} function |
8eba27dae69a
(Running Hooks, Setting Hooks): New nodes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
87649
diff
changeset
|
90 and the other functions below to run particular hooks. |
84089 | 91 |
92 @defun run-hooks &rest hookvars | |
93 This function takes one or more normal hook variable names as | |
94 arguments, and runs each hook in turn. Each argument should be a | |
95 symbol that is a normal hook variable. These arguments are processed | |
96 in the order specified. | |
97 | |
98 If a hook variable has a non-@code{nil} value, that value should be a | |
99 list of functions. @code{run-hooks} calls all the functions, one by | |
100 one, with no arguments. | |
101 | |
102 The hook variable's value can also be a single function---either a | |
103 lambda expression or a symbol with a function definition---which | |
104 @code{run-hooks} calls. But this usage is obsolete. | |
105 @end defun | |
106 | |
107 @defun run-hook-with-args hook &rest args | |
108 This function is the way to run an abnormal hook and always call all | |
109 of the hook functions. It calls each of the hook functions one by | |
110 one, passing each of them the arguments @var{args}. | |
111 @end defun | |
112 | |
113 @defun run-hook-with-args-until-failure hook &rest args | |
114 This function is the way to run an abnormal hook until one of the hook | |
115 functions fails. It calls each of the hook functions, passing each of | |
116 them the arguments @var{args}, until some hook function returns | |
117 @code{nil}. It then stops and returns @code{nil}. If none of the | |
118 hook functions return @code{nil}, it returns a non-@code{nil} value. | |
119 @end defun | |
120 | |
121 @defun run-hook-with-args-until-success hook &rest args | |
122 This function is the way to run an abnormal hook until a hook function | |
123 succeeds. It calls each of the hook functions, passing each of them | |
124 the arguments @var{args}, until some hook function returns | |
125 non-@code{nil}. Then it stops, and returns whatever was returned by | |
126 the last hook function that was called. If all hook functions return | |
127 @code{nil}, it returns @code{nil} as well. | |
128 @end defun | |
129 | |
87981
8eba27dae69a
(Running Hooks, Setting Hooks): New nodes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
87649
diff
changeset
|
130 @node Setting Hooks |
8eba27dae69a
(Running Hooks, Setting Hooks): New nodes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
87649
diff
changeset
|
131 @subsection Setting Hooks |
8eba27dae69a
(Running Hooks, Setting Hooks): New nodes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
87649
diff
changeset
|
132 |
8eba27dae69a
(Running Hooks, Setting Hooks): New nodes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
87649
diff
changeset
|
133 Here's an example that uses a mode hook to turn on Auto Fill mode when |
8eba27dae69a
(Running Hooks, Setting Hooks): New nodes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
87649
diff
changeset
|
134 in Lisp Interaction mode: |
8eba27dae69a
(Running Hooks, Setting Hooks): New nodes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
87649
diff
changeset
|
135 |
8eba27dae69a
(Running Hooks, Setting Hooks): New nodes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
87649
diff
changeset
|
136 @example |
8eba27dae69a
(Running Hooks, Setting Hooks): New nodes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
87649
diff
changeset
|
137 (add-hook 'lisp-interaction-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-fill) |
8eba27dae69a
(Running Hooks, Setting Hooks): New nodes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
87649
diff
changeset
|
138 @end example |
8eba27dae69a
(Running Hooks, Setting Hooks): New nodes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
87649
diff
changeset
|
139 |
84089 | 140 @defun add-hook hook function &optional append local |
141 This function is the handy way to add function @var{function} to hook | |
142 variable @var{hook}. You can use it for abnormal hooks as well as for | |
143 normal hooks. @var{function} can be any Lisp function that can accept | |
144 the proper number of arguments for @var{hook}. For example, | |
145 | |
146 @example | |
147 (add-hook 'text-mode-hook 'my-text-hook-function) | |
148 @end example | |
149 | |
150 @noindent | |
151 adds @code{my-text-hook-function} to the hook called @code{text-mode-hook}. | |
152 | |
153 If @var{function} is already present in @var{hook} (comparing using | |
154 @code{equal}), then @code{add-hook} does not add it a second time. | |
155 | |
87981
8eba27dae69a
(Running Hooks, Setting Hooks): New nodes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
87649
diff
changeset
|
156 If @var{function} has a non-@code{nil} property |
8eba27dae69a
(Running Hooks, Setting Hooks): New nodes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
87649
diff
changeset
|
157 @code{permanent-local-hook}, then @code{kill-all-local-variables} (or |
8eba27dae69a
(Running Hooks, Setting Hooks): New nodes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
87649
diff
changeset
|
158 changing major modes) won't delete it from the hook variable's local |
8eba27dae69a
(Running Hooks, Setting Hooks): New nodes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
87649
diff
changeset
|
159 value. |
8eba27dae69a
(Running Hooks, Setting Hooks): New nodes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
87649
diff
changeset
|
160 |
102763
e81a0c5f14b1
(Major Mode Conventions): Note that specialness is inherited.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102151
diff
changeset
|
161 It is best to design your hook functions so that the order in which |
e81a0c5f14b1
(Major Mode Conventions): Note that specialness is inherited.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102151
diff
changeset
|
162 they are executed does not matter. Any dependence on the order is |
e81a0c5f14b1
(Major Mode Conventions): Note that specialness is inherited.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102151
diff
changeset
|
163 asking for trouble. However, the order is predictable: normally, |
84089 | 164 @var{function} goes at the front of the hook list, so it will be |
102763
e81a0c5f14b1
(Major Mode Conventions): Note that specialness is inherited.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102151
diff
changeset
|
165 executed first (barring another @code{add-hook} call). If the |
e81a0c5f14b1
(Major Mode Conventions): Note that specialness is inherited.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102151
diff
changeset
|
166 optional argument @var{append} is non-@code{nil}, the new hook |
e81a0c5f14b1
(Major Mode Conventions): Note that specialness is inherited.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102151
diff
changeset
|
167 function goes at the end of the hook list and will be executed last. |
84089 | 168 |
169 @code{add-hook} can handle the cases where @var{hook} is void or its | |
170 value is a single function; it sets or changes the value to a list of | |
171 functions. | |
172 | |
173 If @var{local} is non-@code{nil}, that says to add @var{function} to | |
174 the buffer-local hook list instead of to the global hook list. If | |
175 needed, this makes the hook buffer-local and adds @code{t} to the | |
176 buffer-local value. The latter acts as a flag to run the hook | |
177 functions in the default value as well as in the local value. | |
178 @end defun | |
179 | |
180 @defun remove-hook hook function &optional local | |
181 This function removes @var{function} from the hook variable | |
182 @var{hook}. It compares @var{function} with elements of @var{hook} | |
183 using @code{equal}, so it works for both symbols and lambda | |
184 expressions. | |
185 | |
186 If @var{local} is non-@code{nil}, that says to remove @var{function} | |
187 from the buffer-local hook list instead of from the global hook list. | |
188 @end defun | |
189 | |
190 @node Major Modes | |
191 @section Major Modes | |
192 @cindex major mode | |
193 | |
194 Major modes specialize Emacs for editing particular kinds of text. | |
195 Each buffer has only one major mode at a time. For each major mode | |
196 there is a function to switch to that mode in the current buffer; its | |
197 name should end in @samp{-mode}. These functions work by setting | |
198 buffer-local variable bindings and other data associated with the | |
199 buffer, such as a local keymap. The effect lasts until you switch | |
200 to another major mode in the same buffer. | |
201 | |
202 @menu | |
111887
0eb10986b8f2
* doc/lispref/backups.texi (Making Backups):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
109948
diff
changeset
|
203 * Major Mode Basics:: |
0eb10986b8f2
* doc/lispref/backups.texi (Making Backups):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
109948
diff
changeset
|
204 * Major Mode Conventions:: Coding conventions for keymaps, etc. |
0eb10986b8f2
* doc/lispref/backups.texi (Making Backups):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
109948
diff
changeset
|
205 * Auto Major Mode:: How Emacs chooses the major mode automatically. |
0eb10986b8f2
* doc/lispref/backups.texi (Making Backups):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
109948
diff
changeset
|
206 * Mode Help:: Finding out how to use a mode. |
0eb10986b8f2
* doc/lispref/backups.texi (Making Backups):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
109948
diff
changeset
|
207 * Derived Modes:: Defining a new major mode based on another major |
84089 | 208 mode. |
111887
0eb10986b8f2
* doc/lispref/backups.texi (Making Backups):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
109948
diff
changeset
|
209 * Generic Modes:: Defining a simple major mode that supports |
84089 | 210 comment syntax and Font Lock mode. |
111887
0eb10986b8f2
* doc/lispref/backups.texi (Making Backups):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
109948
diff
changeset
|
211 * Mode Hooks:: Hooks run at the end of major mode functions. |
0eb10986b8f2
* doc/lispref/backups.texi (Making Backups):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
109948
diff
changeset
|
212 * Example Major Modes:: Text mode and Lisp modes. |
84089 | 213 @end menu |
214 | |
215 @node Major Mode Basics | |
216 @subsection Major Mode Basics | |
217 @cindex Fundamental mode | |
218 | |
219 The least specialized major mode is called @dfn{Fundamental mode}. | |
220 This mode has no mode-specific definitions or variable settings, so each | |
221 Emacs command behaves in its default manner, and each option is in its | |
222 default state. All other major modes redefine various keys and options. | |
223 For example, Lisp Interaction mode provides special key bindings for | |
224 @kbd{C-j} (@code{eval-print-last-sexp}), @key{TAB} | |
225 (@code{lisp-indent-line}), and other keys. | |
226 | |
227 When you need to write several editing commands to help you perform a | |
228 specialized editing task, creating a new major mode is usually a good | |
229 idea. In practice, writing a major mode is easy (in contrast to | |
230 writing a minor mode, which is often difficult). | |
231 | |
232 If the new mode is similar to an old one, it is often unwise to | |
233 modify the old one to serve two purposes, since it may become harder | |
234 to use and maintain. Instead, copy and rename an existing major mode | |
102763
e81a0c5f14b1
(Major Mode Conventions): Note that specialness is inherited.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102151
diff
changeset
|
235 definition and alter the copy---or use the @code{define-derived-mode} |
e81a0c5f14b1
(Major Mode Conventions): Note that specialness is inherited.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102151
diff
changeset
|
236 macro to define a @dfn{derived mode} (@pxref{Derived Modes}). For |
e81a0c5f14b1
(Major Mode Conventions): Note that specialness is inherited.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102151
diff
changeset
|
237 example, Rmail Edit mode is a major mode that is very similar to Text |
e81a0c5f14b1
(Major Mode Conventions): Note that specialness is inherited.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102151
diff
changeset
|
238 mode except that it provides two additional commands. Its definition |
e81a0c5f14b1
(Major Mode Conventions): Note that specialness is inherited.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102151
diff
changeset
|
239 is distinct from that of Text mode, but uses that of Text mode. |
84089 | 240 |
241 Even if the new mode is not an obvious derivative of any other mode, | |
111887
0eb10986b8f2
* doc/lispref/backups.texi (Making Backups):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
109948
diff
changeset
|
242 we recommend to use @code{define-derived-mode}, since it automatically |
0eb10986b8f2
* doc/lispref/backups.texi (Making Backups):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
109948
diff
changeset
|
243 enforces the most important coding conventions for you. |
84089 | 244 |
245 For a very simple programming language major mode that handles | |
246 comments and fontification, you can use @code{define-generic-mode}. | |
247 @xref{Generic Modes}. | |
248 | |
249 Rmail Edit mode offers an example of changing the major mode | |
250 temporarily for a buffer, so it can be edited in a different way (with | |
251 ordinary Emacs commands rather than Rmail commands). In such cases, the | |
252 temporary major mode usually provides a command to switch back to the | |
253 buffer's usual mode (Rmail mode, in this case). You might be tempted to | |
254 present the temporary redefinitions inside a recursive edit and restore | |
255 the usual ones when the user exits; but this is a bad idea because it | |
256 constrains the user's options when it is done in more than one buffer: | |
257 recursive edits must be exited most-recently-entered first. Using an | |
258 alternative major mode avoids this limitation. @xref{Recursive | |
259 Editing}. | |
260 | |
261 The standard GNU Emacs Lisp library directory tree contains the code | |
262 for several major modes, in files such as @file{text-mode.el}, | |
263 @file{texinfo.el}, @file{lisp-mode.el}, @file{c-mode.el}, and | |
264 @file{rmail.el}. They are found in various subdirectories of the | |
265 @file{lisp} directory. You can study these libraries to see how modes | |
266 are written. Text mode is perhaps the simplest major mode aside from | |
267 Fundamental mode. Rmail mode is a complicated and specialized mode. | |
268 | |
269 @node Major Mode Conventions | |
270 @subsection Major Mode Conventions | |
271 @cindex major mode conventions | |
272 @cindex conventions for writing major modes | |
273 | |
274 The code for existing major modes follows various coding conventions, | |
275 including conventions for local keymap and syntax table initialization, | |
276 global names, and hooks. Please follow these conventions when you | |
277 define a new major mode. (Fundamental mode is an exception to many | |
278 of these conventions, because its definition is to present the global | |
279 state of Emacs.) | |
280 | |
281 This list of conventions is only partial, because each major mode | |
282 should aim for consistency in general with other Emacs major modes. | |
283 This makes Emacs as a whole more coherent. It is impossible to list | |
284 here all the possible points where this issue might come up; if the | |
285 Emacs developers point out an area where your major mode deviates from | |
286 the usual conventions, please make it compatible. | |
287 | |
288 @itemize @bullet | |
289 @item | |
290 Define a command whose name ends in @samp{-mode}, with no arguments, | |
291 that switches to the new mode in the current buffer. This command | |
292 should set up the keymap, syntax table, and buffer-local variables in an | |
293 existing buffer, without changing the buffer's contents. | |
294 | |
295 @item | |
296 Write a documentation string for this command that describes the | |
297 special commands available in this mode. @kbd{C-h m} | |
298 (@code{describe-mode}) in your mode will display this string. | |
299 | |
300 The documentation string may include the special documentation | |
301 substrings, @samp{\[@var{command}]}, @samp{\@{@var{keymap}@}}, and | |
302 @samp{\<@var{keymap}>}, which enable the documentation to adapt | |
303 automatically to the user's own key bindings. @xref{Keys in | |
304 Documentation}. | |
305 | |
306 @item | |
307 The major mode command should start by calling | |
308 @code{kill-all-local-variables}. This runs the normal hook | |
309 @code{change-major-mode-hook}, then gets rid of the buffer-local | |
310 variables of the major mode previously in effect. @xref{Creating | |
311 Buffer-Local}. | |
312 | |
313 @item | |
314 The major mode command should set the variable @code{major-mode} to the | |
315 major mode command symbol. This is how @code{describe-mode} discovers | |
316 which documentation to print. | |
317 | |
318 @item | |
319 The major mode command should set the variable @code{mode-name} to the | |
98729
a0397c75f952
(Major Mode Conventions, Mode Line Variables): `mode-name' need not be a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
87981
diff
changeset
|
320 ``pretty'' name of the mode, usually a string (but see @ref{Mode Line |
a0397c75f952
(Major Mode Conventions, Mode Line Variables): `mode-name' need not be a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
87981
diff
changeset
|
321 Data}, for other possible forms). The name of the mode appears |
a0397c75f952
(Major Mode Conventions, Mode Line Variables): `mode-name' need not be a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
87981
diff
changeset
|
322 in the mode line. |
84089 | 323 |
324 @item | |
325 @cindex functions in modes | |
326 Since all global names are in the same name space, all the global | |
327 variables, constants, and functions that are part of the mode should | |
328 have names that start with the major mode name (or with an abbreviation | |
329 of it if the name is long). @xref{Coding Conventions}. | |
330 | |
331 @item | |
332 In a major mode for editing some kind of structured text, such as a | |
333 programming language, indentation of text according to structure is | |
334 probably useful. So the mode should set @code{indent-line-function} | |
335 to a suitable function, and probably customize other variables | |
111918
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
336 for indentation. @xref{Auto-Indentation}. |
84089 | 337 |
338 @item | |
339 @cindex keymaps in modes | |
340 The major mode should usually have its own keymap, which is used as the | |
341 local keymap in all buffers in that mode. The major mode command should | |
342 call @code{use-local-map} to install this local map. @xref{Active | |
343 Keymaps}, for more information. | |
344 | |
345 This keymap should be stored permanently in a global variable named | |
346 @code{@var{modename}-mode-map}. Normally the library that defines the | |
347 mode sets this variable. | |
348 | |
349 @xref{Tips for Defining}, for advice about how to write the code to set | |
350 up the mode's keymap variable. | |
351 | |
352 @item | |
353 The key sequences bound in a major mode keymap should usually start with | |
354 @kbd{C-c}, followed by a control character, a digit, or @kbd{@{}, | |
355 @kbd{@}}, @kbd{<}, @kbd{>}, @kbd{:} or @kbd{;}. The other punctuation | |
356 characters are reserved for minor modes, and ordinary letters are | |
357 reserved for users. | |
358 | |
359 A major mode can also rebind the keys @kbd{M-n}, @kbd{M-p} and | |
360 @kbd{M-s}. The bindings for @kbd{M-n} and @kbd{M-p} should normally | |
361 be some kind of ``moving forward and backward,'' but this does not | |
362 necessarily mean cursor motion. | |
363 | |
364 It is legitimate for a major mode to rebind a standard key sequence if | |
365 it provides a command that does ``the same job'' in a way better | |
366 suited to the text this mode is used for. For example, a major mode | |
367 for editing a programming language might redefine @kbd{C-M-a} to | |
368 ``move to the beginning of a function'' in a way that works better for | |
369 that language. | |
370 | |
371 It is also legitimate for a major mode to rebind a standard key | |
372 sequence whose standard meaning is rarely useful in that mode. For | |
373 instance, minibuffer modes rebind @kbd{M-r}, whose standard meaning is | |
374 rarely of any use in the minibuffer. Major modes such as Dired or | |
375 Rmail that do not allow self-insertion of text can reasonably redefine | |
376 letters and other printing characters as special commands. | |
377 | |
378 @item | |
102151
328f4b370b74
Remove duplicate words.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
101567
diff
changeset
|
379 Major modes for editing text should not define @key{RET} to do |
84089 | 380 anything other than insert a newline. However, it is ok for |
381 specialized modes for text that users don't directly edit, such as | |
382 Dired and Info modes, to redefine @key{RET} to do something entirely | |
383 different. | |
384 | |
385 @item | |
386 Major modes should not alter options that are primarily a matter of user | |
387 preference, such as whether Auto-Fill mode is enabled. Leave this to | |
388 each user to decide. However, a major mode should customize other | |
389 variables so that Auto-Fill mode will work usefully @emph{if} the user | |
390 decides to use it. | |
391 | |
392 @item | |
393 @cindex syntax tables in modes | |
394 The mode may have its own syntax table or may share one with other | |
395 related modes. If it has its own syntax table, it should store this in | |
396 a variable named @code{@var{modename}-mode-syntax-table}. @xref{Syntax | |
397 Tables}. | |
398 | |
399 @item | |
400 If the mode handles a language that has a syntax for comments, it should | |
401 set the variables that define the comment syntax. @xref{Options for | |
402 Comments,, Options Controlling Comments, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}. | |
403 | |
404 @item | |
405 @cindex abbrev tables in modes | |
406 The mode may have its own abbrev table or may share one with other | |
407 related modes. If it has its own abbrev table, it should store this | |
408 in a variable named @code{@var{modename}-mode-abbrev-table}. If the | |
409 major mode command defines any abbrevs itself, it should pass @code{t} | |
410 for the @var{system-flag} argument to @code{define-abbrev}. | |
411 @xref{Defining Abbrevs}. | |
412 | |
413 @item | |
414 The mode should specify how to do highlighting for Font Lock mode, by | |
415 setting up a buffer-local value for the variable | |
416 @code{font-lock-defaults} (@pxref{Font Lock Mode}). | |
417 | |
418 @item | |
419 The mode should specify how Imenu should find the definitions or | |
420 sections of a buffer, by setting up a buffer-local value for the | |
421 variable @code{imenu-generic-expression}, for the two variables | |
422 @code{imenu-prev-index-position-function} and | |
423 @code{imenu-extract-index-name-function}, or for the variable | |
424 @code{imenu-create-index-function} (@pxref{Imenu}). | |
425 | |
426 @item | |
427 The mode can specify a local value for | |
428 @code{eldoc-documentation-function} to tell ElDoc mode how to handle | |
429 this mode. | |
430 | |
431 @item | |
111887
0eb10986b8f2
* doc/lispref/backups.texi (Making Backups):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
109948
diff
changeset
|
432 The mode can specify how to complete various keywords by adding |
0eb10986b8f2
* doc/lispref/backups.texi (Making Backups):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
109948
diff
changeset
|
433 to the special hook @code{completion-at-point-functions}. |
0eb10986b8f2
* doc/lispref/backups.texi (Making Backups):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
109948
diff
changeset
|
434 |
0eb10986b8f2
* doc/lispref/backups.texi (Making Backups):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
109948
diff
changeset
|
435 @item |
84089 | 436 Use @code{defvar} or @code{defcustom} to set mode-related variables, so |
437 that they are not reinitialized if they already have a value. (Such | |
438 reinitialization could discard customizations made by the user.) | |
439 | |
440 @item | |
441 @cindex buffer-local variables in modes | |
442 To make a buffer-local binding for an Emacs customization variable, use | |
443 @code{make-local-variable} in the major mode command, not | |
444 @code{make-variable-buffer-local}. The latter function would make the | |
445 variable local to every buffer in which it is subsequently set, which | |
446 would affect buffers that do not use this mode. It is undesirable for a | |
447 mode to have such global effects. @xref{Buffer-Local Variables}. | |
448 | |
449 With rare exceptions, the only reasonable way to use | |
450 @code{make-variable-buffer-local} in a Lisp package is for a variable | |
451 which is used only within that package. Using it on a variable used by | |
452 other packages would interfere with them. | |
453 | |
454 @item | |
455 @cindex mode hook | |
456 @cindex major mode hook | |
457 Each major mode should have a normal @dfn{mode hook} named | |
458 @code{@var{modename}-mode-hook}. The very last thing the major mode command | |
459 should do is to call @code{run-mode-hooks}. This runs the mode hook, | |
460 and then runs the normal hook @code{after-change-major-mode-hook}. | |
461 @xref{Mode Hooks}. | |
462 | |
463 @item | |
464 The major mode command may start by calling some other major mode | |
465 command (called the @dfn{parent mode}) and then alter some of its | |
466 settings. A mode that does this is called a @dfn{derived mode}. The | |
102763
e81a0c5f14b1
(Major Mode Conventions): Note that specialness is inherited.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102151
diff
changeset
|
467 recommended way to define one is to use the @code{define-derived-mode} |
e81a0c5f14b1
(Major Mode Conventions): Note that specialness is inherited.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102151
diff
changeset
|
468 macro, but this is not required. Such a mode should call the parent |
e81a0c5f14b1
(Major Mode Conventions): Note that specialness is inherited.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102151
diff
changeset
|
469 mode command inside a @code{delay-mode-hooks} form. (Using |
84089 | 470 @code{define-derived-mode} does this automatically.) @xref{Derived |
471 Modes}, and @ref{Mode Hooks}. | |
472 | |
473 @item | |
474 If something special should be done if the user switches a buffer from | |
475 this mode to any other major mode, this mode can set up a buffer-local | |
476 value for @code{change-major-mode-hook} (@pxref{Creating Buffer-Local}). | |
477 | |
478 @item | |
479 If this mode is appropriate only for specially-prepared text, then the | |
480 major mode command symbol should have a property named @code{mode-class} | |
481 with value @code{special}, put on as follows: | |
482 | |
483 @kindex mode-class @r{(property)} | |
484 @cindex @code{special} | |
485 @example | |
486 (put 'funny-mode 'mode-class 'special) | |
487 @end example | |
488 | |
489 @noindent | |
490 This tells Emacs that new buffers created while the current buffer is | |
104626
caa79498564a
* subr.el (default-mode-line-format, default-header-line-format)
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
103821
diff
changeset
|
491 in Funny mode should not inherit Funny mode, in case the default value |
caa79498564a
* subr.el (default-mode-line-format, default-header-line-format)
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
103821
diff
changeset
|
492 of @code{major-mode} is @code{nil}. Modes such as Dired, Rmail, |
84089 | 493 and Buffer List use this feature. |
494 | |
102763
e81a0c5f14b1
(Major Mode Conventions): Note that specialness is inherited.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102151
diff
changeset
|
495 The @code{define-derived-mode} macro automatically marks the derived |
e81a0c5f14b1
(Major Mode Conventions): Note that specialness is inherited.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102151
diff
changeset
|
496 mode as special if the parent mode is special. The special mode |
e81a0c5f14b1
(Major Mode Conventions): Note that specialness is inherited.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102151
diff
changeset
|
497 @code{special-mode} provides a convenient parent for other special |
e81a0c5f14b1
(Major Mode Conventions): Note that specialness is inherited.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102151
diff
changeset
|
498 modes to inherit from; it sets @code{buffer-read-only} to @code{t}, |
111887
0eb10986b8f2
* doc/lispref/backups.texi (Making Backups):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
109948
diff
changeset
|
499 and does little else. |
102763
e81a0c5f14b1
(Major Mode Conventions): Note that specialness is inherited.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102151
diff
changeset
|
500 |
84089 | 501 @item |
502 If you want to make the new mode the default for files with certain | |
503 recognizable names, add an element to @code{auto-mode-alist} to select | |
504 the mode for those file names (@pxref{Auto Major Mode}). If you | |
505 define the mode command to autoload, you should add this element in | |
506 the same file that calls @code{autoload}. If you use an autoload | |
507 cookie for the mode command, you can also use an autoload cookie for | |
508 the form that adds the element (@pxref{autoload cookie}). If you do | |
509 not autoload the mode command, it is sufficient to add the element in | |
510 the file that contains the mode definition. | |
511 | |
512 @item | |
513 In the comments that document the file, you should provide a sample | |
514 @code{autoload} form and an example of how to add to | |
515 @code{auto-mode-alist}, that users can include in their init files | |
516 (@pxref{Init File}). | |
517 | |
518 @item | |
519 @cindex mode loading | |
520 The top-level forms in the file defining the mode should be written so | |
521 that they may be evaluated more than once without adverse consequences. | |
522 Even if you never load the file more than once, someone else will. | |
523 @end itemize | |
524 | |
525 @node Auto Major Mode | |
526 @subsection How Emacs Chooses a Major Mode | |
527 @cindex major mode, automatic selection | |
528 | |
529 Based on information in the file name or in the file itself, Emacs | |
530 automatically selects a major mode for the new buffer when a file is | |
531 visited. It also processes local variables specified in the file text. | |
532 | |
533 @deffn Command fundamental-mode | |
534 Fundamental mode is a major mode that is not specialized for anything | |
535 in particular. Other major modes are defined in effect by comparison | |
536 with this one---their definitions say what to change, starting from | |
537 Fundamental mode. The @code{fundamental-mode} function does @emph{not} | |
538 run any mode hooks; you're not supposed to customize it. (If you want Emacs | |
539 to behave differently in Fundamental mode, change the @emph{global} | |
540 state of Emacs.) | |
541 @end deffn | |
542 | |
543 @deffn Command normal-mode &optional find-file | |
544 This function establishes the proper major mode and buffer-local variable | |
545 bindings for the current buffer. First it calls @code{set-auto-mode} | |
546 (see below), then it runs @code{hack-local-variables} to parse, and | |
547 bind or evaluate as appropriate, the file's local variables | |
548 (@pxref{File Local Variables}). | |
549 | |
550 If the @var{find-file} argument to @code{normal-mode} is non-@code{nil}, | |
551 @code{normal-mode} assumes that the @code{find-file} function is calling | |
552 it. In this case, it may process local variables in the @samp{-*-} | |
553 line or at the end of the file. The variable | |
554 @code{enable-local-variables} controls whether to do so. @xref{File | |
555 Variables, , Local Variables in Files, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, | |
556 for the syntax of the local variables section of a file. | |
557 | |
558 If you run @code{normal-mode} interactively, the argument | |
559 @var{find-file} is normally @code{nil}. In this case, | |
560 @code{normal-mode} unconditionally processes any file local variables. | |
561 | |
562 If @code{normal-mode} processes the local variables list and this list | |
563 specifies a major mode, that mode overrides any mode chosen by | |
564 @code{set-auto-mode}. If neither @code{set-auto-mode} nor | |
565 @code{hack-local-variables} specify a major mode, the buffer stays in | |
104626
caa79498564a
* subr.el (default-mode-line-format, default-header-line-format)
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
103821
diff
changeset
|
566 the major mode determined by the default value of @code{major-mode} |
caa79498564a
* subr.el (default-mode-line-format, default-header-line-format)
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
103821
diff
changeset
|
567 (see below). |
84089 | 568 |
569 @cindex file mode specification error | |
570 @code{normal-mode} uses @code{condition-case} around the call to the | |
571 major mode function, so errors are caught and reported as a @samp{File | |
572 mode specification error}, followed by the original error message. | |
573 @end deffn | |
574 | |
575 @defun set-auto-mode &optional keep-mode-if-same | |
576 @cindex visited file mode | |
577 This function selects the major mode that is appropriate for the | |
578 current buffer. It bases its decision (in order of precedence) on | |
579 the @w{@samp{-*-}} line, on the @w{@samp{#!}} line (using | |
580 @code{interpreter-mode-alist}), on the text at the beginning of the | |
581 buffer (using @code{magic-mode-alist}), and finally on the visited | |
582 file name (using @code{auto-mode-alist}). @xref{Choosing Modes, , How | |
583 Major Modes are Chosen, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}. However, this | |
584 function does not look for the @samp{mode:} local variable near the | |
585 end of a file; the @code{hack-local-variables} function does that. | |
586 If @code{enable-local-variables} is @code{nil}, @code{set-auto-mode} | |
587 does not check the @w{@samp{-*-}} line for a mode tag either. | |
588 | |
589 If @var{keep-mode-if-same} is non-@code{nil}, this function does not | |
590 call the mode command if the buffer is already in the proper major | |
591 mode. For instance, @code{set-visited-file-name} sets this to | |
592 @code{t} to avoid killing buffer local variables that the user may | |
593 have set. | |
594 @end defun | |
595 | |
104626
caa79498564a
* subr.el (default-mode-line-format, default-header-line-format)
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
103821
diff
changeset
|
596 @defopt major-mode |
caa79498564a
* subr.el (default-mode-line-format, default-header-line-format)
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
103821
diff
changeset
|
597 The buffer-local value of this variable holds the major mode |
caa79498564a
* subr.el (default-mode-line-format, default-header-line-format)
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
103821
diff
changeset
|
598 currently active. The default value of this variable holds the |
caa79498564a
* subr.el (default-mode-line-format, default-header-line-format)
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
103821
diff
changeset
|
599 default major mode for new buffers. The standard default value is |
caa79498564a
* subr.el (default-mode-line-format, default-header-line-format)
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
103821
diff
changeset
|
600 @code{fundamental-mode}. |
caa79498564a
* subr.el (default-mode-line-format, default-header-line-format)
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
103821
diff
changeset
|
601 |
caa79498564a
* subr.el (default-mode-line-format, default-header-line-format)
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
103821
diff
changeset
|
602 If the default value of @code{major-mode} is @code{nil}, Emacs uses |
84089 | 603 the (previously) current buffer's major mode as the default major mode |
604 of a new buffer. However, if that major mode symbol has a @code{mode-class} | |
605 property with value @code{special}, then it is not used for new buffers; | |
606 Fundamental mode is used instead. The modes that have this property are | |
607 those such as Dired and Rmail that are useful only with text that has | |
608 been specially prepared. | |
609 @end defopt | |
610 | |
611 @defun set-buffer-major-mode buffer | |
104626
caa79498564a
* subr.el (default-mode-line-format, default-header-line-format)
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
103821
diff
changeset
|
612 This function sets the major mode of @var{buffer} to the default value of |
caa79498564a
* subr.el (default-mode-line-format, default-header-line-format)
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
103821
diff
changeset
|
613 @code{major-mode}; if that is @code{nil}, it uses the |
84089 | 614 current buffer's major mode (if that is suitable). As an exception, |
615 if @var{buffer}'s name is @samp{*scratch*}, it sets the mode to | |
616 @code{initial-major-mode}. | |
617 | |
618 The low-level primitives for creating buffers do not use this function, | |
619 but medium-level commands such as @code{switch-to-buffer} and | |
620 @code{find-file-noselect} use it whenever they create buffers. | |
621 @end defun | |
622 | |
623 @defopt initial-major-mode | |
624 @cindex @samp{*scratch*} | |
625 The value of this variable determines the major mode of the initial | |
626 @samp{*scratch*} buffer. The value should be a symbol that is a major | |
627 mode command. The default value is @code{lisp-interaction-mode}. | |
628 @end defopt | |
629 | |
630 @defvar interpreter-mode-alist | |
631 This variable specifies major modes to use for scripts that specify a | |
632 command interpreter in a @samp{#!} line. Its value is an alist with | |
633 elements of the form @code{(@var{interpreter} . @var{mode})}; for | |
634 example, @code{("perl" . perl-mode)} is one element present by | |
635 default. The element says to use mode @var{mode} if the file | |
636 specifies an interpreter which matches @var{interpreter}. | |
637 @end defvar | |
638 | |
639 @defvar magic-mode-alist | |
640 This variable's value is an alist with elements of the form | |
641 @code{(@var{regexp} . @var{function})}, where @var{regexp} is a | |
642 regular expression and @var{function} is a function or @code{nil}. | |
643 After visiting a file, @code{set-auto-mode} calls @var{function} if | |
644 the text at the beginning of the buffer matches @var{regexp} and | |
645 @var{function} is non-@code{nil}; if @var{function} is @code{nil}, | |
646 @code{auto-mode-alist} gets to decide the mode. | |
647 @end defvar | |
648 | |
649 @defvar magic-fallback-mode-alist | |
650 This works like @code{magic-mode-alist}, except that it is handled | |
651 only if @code{auto-mode-alist} does not specify a mode for this file. | |
652 @end defvar | |
653 | |
654 @defvar auto-mode-alist | |
655 This variable contains an association list of file name patterns | |
656 (regular expressions) and corresponding major mode commands. Usually, | |
657 the file name patterns test for suffixes, such as @samp{.el} and | |
658 @samp{.c}, but this need not be the case. An ordinary element of the | |
659 alist looks like @code{(@var{regexp} . @var{mode-function})}. | |
660 | |
661 For example, | |
662 | |
663 @smallexample | |
664 @group | |
665 (("\\`/tmp/fol/" . text-mode) | |
666 ("\\.texinfo\\'" . texinfo-mode) | |
667 ("\\.texi\\'" . texinfo-mode) | |
668 @end group | |
669 @group | |
670 ("\\.el\\'" . emacs-lisp-mode) | |
671 ("\\.c\\'" . c-mode) | |
672 ("\\.h\\'" . c-mode) | |
673 @dots{}) | |
674 @end group | |
675 @end smallexample | |
676 | |
677 When you visit a file whose expanded file name (@pxref{File Name | |
678 Expansion}), with version numbers and backup suffixes removed using | |
679 @code{file-name-sans-versions} (@pxref{File Name Components}), matches | |
680 a @var{regexp}, @code{set-auto-mode} calls the corresponding | |
681 @var{mode-function}. This feature enables Emacs to select the proper | |
682 major mode for most files. | |
683 | |
684 If an element of @code{auto-mode-alist} has the form @code{(@var{regexp} | |
685 @var{function} t)}, then after calling @var{function}, Emacs searches | |
686 @code{auto-mode-alist} again for a match against the portion of the file | |
687 name that did not match before. This feature is useful for | |
688 uncompression packages: an entry of the form @code{("\\.gz\\'" | |
689 @var{function} t)} can uncompress the file and then put the uncompressed | |
690 file in the proper mode according to the name sans @samp{.gz}. | |
691 | |
692 Here is an example of how to prepend several pattern pairs to | |
693 @code{auto-mode-alist}. (You might use this sort of expression in your | |
694 init file.) | |
695 | |
696 @smallexample | |
697 @group | |
698 (setq auto-mode-alist | |
699 (append | |
700 ;; @r{File name (within directory) starts with a dot.} | |
701 '(("/\\.[^/]*\\'" . fundamental-mode) | |
702 ;; @r{File name has no dot.} | |
99965
df75ffc11cac
(Auto Major Mode): Fix example.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
99694
diff
changeset
|
703 ("/[^\\./]*\\'" . fundamental-mode) |
84089 | 704 ;; @r{File name ends in @samp{.C}.} |
705 ("\\.C\\'" . c++-mode)) | |
706 auto-mode-alist)) | |
707 @end group | |
708 @end smallexample | |
709 @end defvar | |
710 | |
711 @node Mode Help | |
712 @subsection Getting Help about a Major Mode | |
713 @cindex mode help | |
714 @cindex help for major mode | |
715 @cindex documentation for major mode | |
716 | |
717 The @code{describe-mode} function is used to provide information | |
718 about major modes. It is normally called with @kbd{C-h m}. The | |
719 @code{describe-mode} function uses the value of @code{major-mode}, | |
720 which is why every major mode function needs to set the | |
721 @code{major-mode} variable. | |
722 | |
723 @deffn Command describe-mode | |
724 This function displays the documentation of the current major mode. | |
725 | |
726 The @code{describe-mode} function calls the @code{documentation} | |
727 function using the value of @code{major-mode} as an argument. Thus, it | |
728 displays the documentation string of the major mode function. | |
729 (@xref{Accessing Documentation}.) | |
730 @end deffn | |
731 | |
732 @defvar major-mode | |
733 This buffer-local variable holds the symbol for the current buffer's | |
734 major mode. This symbol should have a function definition that is the | |
735 command to switch to that major mode. The @code{describe-mode} | |
736 function uses the documentation string of the function as the | |
737 documentation of the major mode. | |
738 @end defvar | |
739 | |
740 @node Derived Modes | |
741 @subsection Defining Derived Modes | |
742 @cindex derived mode | |
743 | |
111887
0eb10986b8f2
* doc/lispref/backups.texi (Making Backups):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
109948
diff
changeset
|
744 The recommended way to define a new major mode is to derive it |
0eb10986b8f2
* doc/lispref/backups.texi (Making Backups):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
109948
diff
changeset
|
745 from an existing one using @code{define-derived-mode}. If there is no |
0eb10986b8f2
* doc/lispref/backups.texi (Making Backups):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
109948
diff
changeset
|
746 closely related mode, you can inherit from @code{text-mode}, |
111995
b4939a7142b0
* doc/lispref/keymaps.texi (Simple Menu Items, Extended Menu Items):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111945
diff
changeset
|
747 @code{special-mode}, @code{prog-mode}, or in the worst case |
b4939a7142b0
* doc/lispref/keymaps.texi (Simple Menu Items, Extended Menu Items):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111945
diff
changeset
|
748 @code{fundamental-mode}. |
84089 | 749 |
750 @defmac define-derived-mode variant parent name docstring keyword-args@dots{} body@dots{} | |
102766
0862f6b10c6b
(Derived Modes): Note that define-derive-mode sets the mode-class
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102763
diff
changeset
|
751 This macro defines @var{variant} as a major mode command, using |
84089 | 752 @var{name} as the string form of the mode name. @var{variant} and |
753 @var{parent} should be unquoted symbols. | |
754 | |
755 The new command @var{variant} is defined to call the function | |
756 @var{parent}, then override certain aspects of that parent mode: | |
757 | |
758 @itemize @bullet | |
759 @item | |
760 The new mode has its own sparse keymap, named | |
761 @code{@var{variant}-map}. @code{define-derived-mode} | |
762 makes the parent mode's keymap the parent of the new map, unless | |
763 @code{@var{variant}-map} is already set and already has a parent. | |
764 | |
765 @item | |
766 The new mode has its own syntax table, kept in the variable | |
767 @code{@var{variant}-syntax-table}, unless you override this using the | |
768 @code{:syntax-table} keyword (see below). @code{define-derived-mode} | |
769 makes the parent mode's syntax-table the parent of | |
770 @code{@var{variant}-syntax-table}, unless the latter is already set | |
771 and already has a parent different from the standard syntax table. | |
772 | |
773 @item | |
774 The new mode has its own abbrev table, kept in the variable | |
775 @code{@var{variant}-abbrev-table}, unless you override this using the | |
776 @code{:abbrev-table} keyword (see below). | |
777 | |
778 @item | |
779 The new mode has its own mode hook, @code{@var{variant}-hook}. It | |
780 runs this hook, after running the hooks of its ancestor modes, with | |
781 @code{run-mode-hooks}, as the last thing it does. @xref{Mode Hooks}. | |
782 @end itemize | |
783 | |
784 In addition, you can specify how to override other aspects of | |
785 @var{parent} with @var{body}. The command @var{variant} | |
786 evaluates the forms in @var{body} after setting up all its usual | |
787 overrides, just before running the mode hooks. | |
788 | |
102766
0862f6b10c6b
(Derived Modes): Note that define-derive-mode sets the mode-class
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102763
diff
changeset
|
789 If @var{parent} has a non-@code{nil} @code{mode-class} symbol |
0862f6b10c6b
(Derived Modes): Note that define-derive-mode sets the mode-class
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102763
diff
changeset
|
790 property, then @code{define-derived-mode} sets the @code{mode-class} |
0862f6b10c6b
(Derived Modes): Note that define-derive-mode sets the mode-class
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102763
diff
changeset
|
791 property of @var{variant} to the same value. This ensures, for |
0862f6b10c6b
(Derived Modes): Note that define-derive-mode sets the mode-class
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102763
diff
changeset
|
792 example, that if @var{parent} is a special mode, then @var{variant} is |
0862f6b10c6b
(Derived Modes): Note that define-derive-mode sets the mode-class
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102763
diff
changeset
|
793 also a special mode (@pxref{Major Mode Conventions}). |
0862f6b10c6b
(Derived Modes): Note that define-derive-mode sets the mode-class
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102763
diff
changeset
|
794 |
84089 | 795 You can also specify @code{nil} for @var{parent}. This gives the new |
796 mode no parent. Then @code{define-derived-mode} behaves as described | |
797 above, but, of course, omits all actions connected with @var{parent}. | |
798 | |
799 The argument @var{docstring} specifies the documentation string for | |
800 the new mode. @code{define-derived-mode} adds some general | |
801 information about the mode's hook, followed by the mode's keymap, at | |
802 the end of this docstring. If you omit @var{docstring}, | |
803 @code{define-derived-mode} generates a documentation string. | |
804 | |
805 The @var{keyword-args} are pairs of keywords and values. The values | |
806 are evaluated. The following keywords are currently supported: | |
807 | |
808 @table @code | |
809 @item :syntax-table | |
810 You can use this to explicitly specify a syntax table for the new | |
811 mode. If you specify a @code{nil} value, the new mode uses the same | |
812 syntax table as @var{parent}, or the standard syntax table if | |
813 @var{parent} is @code{nil}. (Note that this does @emph{not} follow | |
814 the convention used for non-keyword arguments that a @code{nil} value | |
815 is equivalent with not specifying the argument.) | |
816 | |
817 @item :abbrev-table | |
818 You can use this to explicitly specify an abbrev table for the new | |
819 mode. If you specify a @code{nil} value, the new mode uses the same | |
820 abbrev table as @var{parent}, or @code{fundamental-mode-abbrev-table} | |
821 if @var{parent} is @code{nil}. (Again, a @code{nil} value is | |
822 @emph{not} equivalent to not specifying this keyword.) | |
823 | |
824 @item :group | |
825 If this is specified, the value should be the customization group for | |
826 this mode. (Not all major modes have one.) Only the (still | |
827 experimental and unadvertised) command @code{customize-mode} currently | |
828 uses this. @code{define-derived-mode} does @emph{not} automatically | |
829 define the specified customization group. | |
830 @end table | |
831 | |
832 Here is a hypothetical example: | |
833 | |
834 @example | |
835 (define-derived-mode hypertext-mode | |
836 text-mode "Hypertext" | |
837 "Major mode for hypertext. | |
838 \\@{hypertext-mode-map@}" | |
839 (setq case-fold-search nil)) | |
840 | |
841 (define-key hypertext-mode-map | |
842 [down-mouse-3] 'do-hyper-link) | |
843 @end example | |
844 | |
845 Do not write an @code{interactive} spec in the definition; | |
846 @code{define-derived-mode} does that automatically. | |
847 @end defmac | |
848 | |
849 @node Generic Modes | |
850 @subsection Generic Modes | |
851 @cindex generic mode | |
852 | |
853 @dfn{Generic modes} are simple major modes with basic support for | |
854 comment syntax and Font Lock mode. To define a generic mode, use the | |
855 macro @code{define-generic-mode}. See the file @file{generic-x.el} | |
856 for some examples of the use of @code{define-generic-mode}. | |
857 | |
858 @defmac define-generic-mode mode comment-list keyword-list font-lock-list auto-mode-list function-list &optional docstring | |
859 This macro defines a generic mode command named @var{mode} (a symbol, | |
860 not quoted). The optional argument @var{docstring} is the | |
861 documentation for the mode command. If you do not supply it, | |
862 @code{define-generic-mode} generates one by default. | |
863 | |
864 The argument @var{comment-list} is a list in which each element is | |
865 either a character, a string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. | |
866 A character or a string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a | |
867 ``comment starter.'' If the entry is a cons cell, the @sc{car} is set | |
868 up as a ``comment starter'' and the @sc{cdr} as a ``comment ender.'' | |
869 (Use @code{nil} for the latter if you want comments to end at the end | |
870 of the line.) Note that the syntax table mechanism has limitations | |
871 about what comment starters and enders are actually possible. | |
872 @xref{Syntax Tables}. | |
873 | |
874 The argument @var{keyword-list} is a list of keywords to highlight | |
875 with @code{font-lock-keyword-face}. Each keyword should be a string. | |
876 Meanwhile, @var{font-lock-list} is a list of additional expressions to | |
877 highlight. Each element of this list should have the same form as an | |
878 element of @code{font-lock-keywords}. @xref{Search-based | |
879 Fontification}. | |
880 | |
881 The argument @var{auto-mode-list} is a list of regular expressions to | |
882 add to the variable @code{auto-mode-alist}. They are added by the execution | |
883 of the @code{define-generic-mode} form, not by expanding the macro call. | |
884 | |
885 Finally, @var{function-list} is a list of functions for the mode | |
886 command to call for additional setup. It calls these functions just | |
887 before it runs the mode hook variable @code{@var{mode}-hook}. | |
888 @end defmac | |
889 | |
890 @node Mode Hooks | |
891 @subsection Mode Hooks | |
892 | |
893 Every major mode function should finish by running its mode hook and | |
894 the mode-independent normal hook @code{after-change-major-mode-hook}. | |
895 It does this by calling @code{run-mode-hooks}. If the major mode is a | |
896 derived mode, that is if it calls another major mode (the parent mode) | |
897 in its body, it should do this inside @code{delay-mode-hooks} so that | |
898 the parent won't run these hooks itself. Instead, the derived mode's | |
899 call to @code{run-mode-hooks} runs the parent's mode hook too. | |
900 @xref{Major Mode Conventions}. | |
901 | |
902 Emacs versions before Emacs 22 did not have @code{delay-mode-hooks}. | |
903 When user-implemented major modes have not been updated to use it, | |
904 they won't entirely follow these conventions: they may run the | |
905 parent's mode hook too early, or fail to run | |
906 @code{after-change-major-mode-hook}. If you encounter such a major | |
907 mode, please correct it to follow these conventions. | |
908 | |
909 When you defined a major mode using @code{define-derived-mode}, it | |
910 automatically makes sure these conventions are followed. If you | |
911 define a major mode ``by hand,'' not using @code{define-derived-mode}, | |
912 use the following functions to handle these conventions automatically. | |
913 | |
914 @defun run-mode-hooks &rest hookvars | |
915 Major modes should run their mode hook using this function. It is | |
916 similar to @code{run-hooks} (@pxref{Hooks}), but it also runs | |
917 @code{after-change-major-mode-hook}. | |
918 | |
919 When this function is called during the execution of a | |
920 @code{delay-mode-hooks} form, it does not run the hooks immediately. | |
921 Instead, it arranges for the next call to @code{run-mode-hooks} to run | |
922 them. | |
923 @end defun | |
924 | |
925 @defmac delay-mode-hooks body@dots{} | |
926 When one major mode command calls another, it should do so inside of | |
927 @code{delay-mode-hooks}. | |
928 | |
929 This macro executes @var{body}, but tells all @code{run-mode-hooks} | |
930 calls during the execution of @var{body} to delay running their hooks. | |
931 The hooks will actually run during the next call to | |
932 @code{run-mode-hooks} after the end of the @code{delay-mode-hooks} | |
933 construct. | |
934 @end defmac | |
935 | |
936 @defvar after-change-major-mode-hook | |
937 This is a normal hook run by @code{run-mode-hooks}. It is run at the | |
938 very end of every properly-written major mode function. | |
939 @end defvar | |
940 | |
941 @node Example Major Modes | |
942 @subsection Major Mode Examples | |
943 | |
944 Text mode is perhaps the simplest mode besides Fundamental mode. | |
945 Here are excerpts from @file{text-mode.el} that illustrate many of | |
946 the conventions listed above: | |
947 | |
948 @smallexample | |
949 @group | |
950 ;; @r{Create the syntax table for this mode.} | |
951 (defvar text-mode-syntax-table | |
952 (let ((st (make-syntax-table))) | |
953 (modify-syntax-entry ?\" ". " st) | |
954 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\ ". " st) | |
955 ;; Add `p' so M-c on `hello' leads to `Hello', not `hello'. | |
956 (modify-syntax-entry ?' "w p" st) | |
957 st) | |
958 "Syntax table used while in `text-mode'.") | |
959 @end group | |
960 | |
961 ;; @r{Create the keymap for this mode.} | |
962 @group | |
963 (defvar text-mode-map | |
964 (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) | |
965 (define-key map "\e\t" 'ispell-complete-word) | |
966 (define-key map "\es" 'center-line) | |
967 (define-key map "\eS" 'center-paragraph) | |
968 map) | |
969 "Keymap for `text-mode'. | |
970 Many other modes, such as Mail mode, Outline mode | |
971 and Indented Text mode, inherit all the commands | |
972 defined in this map.") | |
973 @end group | |
974 @end smallexample | |
975 | |
976 Here is how the actual mode command is defined now: | |
977 | |
978 @smallexample | |
979 @group | |
980 (define-derived-mode text-mode nil "Text" | |
981 "Major mode for editing text written for humans to read. | |
982 In this mode, paragraphs are delimited only by blank or white lines. | |
983 You can thus get the full benefit of adaptive filling | |
984 (see the variable `adaptive-fill-mode'). | |
985 \\@{text-mode-map@} | |
986 Turning on Text mode runs the normal hook `text-mode-hook'." | |
987 @end group | |
988 @group | |
111887
0eb10986b8f2
* doc/lispref/backups.texi (Making Backups):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
109948
diff
changeset
|
989 (set (make-local-variable 'text-mode-variant) t) |
84089 | 990 ;; @r{These two lines are a feature added recently.} |
991 (set (make-local-variable 'require-final-newline) | |
992 mode-require-final-newline) | |
993 (set (make-local-variable 'indent-line-function) 'indent-relative)) | |
994 @end group | |
995 @end smallexample | |
996 | |
997 @noindent | |
998 (The last line is redundant nowadays, since @code{indent-relative} is | |
999 the default value, and we'll delete it in a future version.) | |
1000 | |
1001 Here is how it was defined formerly, before | |
1002 @code{define-derived-mode} existed: | |
1003 | |
1004 @smallexample | |
1005 @group | |
1006 ;; @r{This isn't needed nowadays, since @code{define-derived-mode} does it.} | |
111887
0eb10986b8f2
* doc/lispref/backups.texi (Making Backups):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
109948
diff
changeset
|
1007 (define-abbrev-table 'text-mode-abbrev-table () |
84089 | 1008 "Abbrev table used while in text mode.") |
1009 @end group | |
1010 | |
1011 @group | |
1012 (defun text-mode () | |
1013 "Major mode for editing text intended for humans to read... | |
1014 Special commands: \\@{text-mode-map@} | |
1015 @end group | |
1016 @group | |
1017 Turning on text-mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook'." | |
1018 (interactive) | |
1019 (kill-all-local-variables) | |
1020 (use-local-map text-mode-map) | |
1021 @end group | |
1022 @group | |
1023 (setq local-abbrev-table text-mode-abbrev-table) | |
1024 (set-syntax-table text-mode-syntax-table) | |
1025 @end group | |
1026 @group | |
1027 ;; @r{These four lines are absent from the current version} | |
1028 ;; @r{not because this is done some other way, but rather} | |
1029 ;; @r{because nowadays Text mode uses the normal definition of paragraphs.} | |
111887
0eb10986b8f2
* doc/lispref/backups.texi (Making Backups):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
109948
diff
changeset
|
1030 (set (make-local-variable 'paragraph-start) |
0eb10986b8f2
* doc/lispref/backups.texi (Making Backups):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
109948
diff
changeset
|
1031 (concat "[ \t]*$\\|" page-delimiter)) |
0eb10986b8f2
* doc/lispref/backups.texi (Making Backups):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
109948
diff
changeset
|
1032 (set (make-local-variable 'paragraph-separate) paragraph-start) |
0eb10986b8f2
* doc/lispref/backups.texi (Making Backups):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
109948
diff
changeset
|
1033 (set (make-local-variable 'indent-line-function) 'indent-relative-maybe) |
84089 | 1034 @end group |
1035 @group | |
1036 (setq mode-name "Text") | |
1037 (setq major-mode 'text-mode) | |
1038 (run-mode-hooks 'text-mode-hook)) ; @r{Finally, this permits the user to} | |
1039 ; @r{customize the mode with a hook.} | |
1040 @end group | |
1041 @end smallexample | |
1042 | |
1043 @cindex @file{lisp-mode.el} | |
1044 The three Lisp modes (Lisp mode, Emacs Lisp mode, and Lisp | |
1045 Interaction mode) have more features than Text mode and the code is | |
1046 correspondingly more complicated. Here are excerpts from | |
1047 @file{lisp-mode.el} that illustrate how these modes are written. | |
1048 | |
1049 @cindex syntax table example | |
1050 @smallexample | |
1051 @group | |
1052 ;; @r{Create mode-specific table variables.} | |
1053 (defvar lisp-mode-syntax-table nil "") | |
1054 (defvar lisp-mode-abbrev-table nil "") | |
1055 @end group | |
1056 | |
1057 @group | |
1058 (defvar emacs-lisp-mode-syntax-table | |
1059 (let ((table (make-syntax-table))) | |
1060 (let ((i 0)) | |
1061 @end group | |
1062 | |
1063 @group | |
1064 ;; @r{Set syntax of chars up to @samp{0} to say they are} | |
1065 ;; @r{part of symbol names but not words.} | |
1066 ;; @r{(The digit @samp{0} is @code{48} in the @acronym{ASCII} character set.)} | |
1067 (while (< i ?0) | |
106718
afc2be124e6e
modes.texi (Example Major Modes): Fix indentation. (Bug#5195)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
104652
diff
changeset
|
1068 (modify-syntax-entry i "_ " table) |
afc2be124e6e
modes.texi (Example Major Modes): Fix indentation. (Bug#5195)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
104652
diff
changeset
|
1069 (setq i (1+ i))) |
84089 | 1070 ;; @r{@dots{} similar code follows for other character ranges.} |
1071 @end group | |
1072 @group | |
1073 ;; @r{Then set the syntax codes for characters that are special in Lisp.} | |
1074 (modify-syntax-entry ? " " table) | |
1075 (modify-syntax-entry ?\t " " table) | |
1076 (modify-syntax-entry ?\f " " table) | |
1077 (modify-syntax-entry ?\n "> " table) | |
1078 @end group | |
1079 @group | |
1080 ;; @r{Give CR the same syntax as newline, for selective-display.} | |
1081 (modify-syntax-entry ?\^m "> " table) | |
1082 (modify-syntax-entry ?\; "< " table) | |
1083 (modify-syntax-entry ?` "' " table) | |
1084 (modify-syntax-entry ?' "' " table) | |
1085 (modify-syntax-entry ?, "' " table) | |
1086 @end group | |
1087 @group | |
1088 ;; @r{@dots{}likewise for many other characters@dots{}} | |
1089 (modify-syntax-entry ?\( "() " table) | |
1090 (modify-syntax-entry ?\) ")( " table) | |
1091 (modify-syntax-entry ?\[ "(] " table) | |
1092 (modify-syntax-entry ?\] ")[ " table)) | |
1093 table)) | |
1094 @end group | |
1095 @group | |
1096 ;; @r{Create an abbrev table for lisp-mode.} | |
1097 (define-abbrev-table 'lisp-mode-abbrev-table ()) | |
1098 @end group | |
1099 @end smallexample | |
1100 | |
1101 The three modes for Lisp share much of their code. For instance, | |
1102 each calls the following function to set various variables: | |
1103 | |
1104 @smallexample | |
1105 @group | |
1106 (defun lisp-mode-variables (lisp-syntax) | |
1107 (when lisp-syntax | |
1108 (set-syntax-table lisp-mode-syntax-table)) | |
1109 (setq local-abbrev-table lisp-mode-abbrev-table) | |
1110 @dots{} | |
1111 @end group | |
1112 @end smallexample | |
1113 | |
1114 In Lisp and most programming languages, we want the paragraph | |
1115 commands to treat only blank lines as paragraph separators. And the | |
1116 modes should understand the Lisp conventions for comments. The rest of | |
1117 @code{lisp-mode-variables} sets this up: | |
1118 | |
1119 @smallexample | |
1120 @group | |
111887
0eb10986b8f2
* doc/lispref/backups.texi (Making Backups):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
109948
diff
changeset
|
1121 (set (make-local-variable 'paragraph-start) (concat page-delimiter "\\|$" )) |
0eb10986b8f2
* doc/lispref/backups.texi (Making Backups):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
109948
diff
changeset
|
1122 (set (make-local-variable 'paragraph-separate) paragraph-start) |
84089 | 1123 @dots{} |
1124 @end group | |
1125 @group | |
111887
0eb10986b8f2
* doc/lispref/backups.texi (Making Backups):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
109948
diff
changeset
|
1126 (set (make-local-variable 'comment-indent-function) 'lisp-comment-indent)) |
84089 | 1127 @dots{} |
1128 @end group | |
1129 @end smallexample | |
1130 | |
1131 Each of the different Lisp modes has a slightly different keymap. For | |
1132 example, Lisp mode binds @kbd{C-c C-z} to @code{run-lisp}, but the other | |
1133 Lisp modes do not. However, all Lisp modes have some commands in | |
1134 common. The following code sets up the common commands: | |
1135 | |
1136 @smallexample | |
1137 @group | |
111887
0eb10986b8f2
* doc/lispref/backups.texi (Making Backups):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
109948
diff
changeset
|
1138 (defvar shared-lisp-mode-map |
0eb10986b8f2
* doc/lispref/backups.texi (Making Backups):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
109948
diff
changeset
|
1139 (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) |
0eb10986b8f2
* doc/lispref/backups.texi (Making Backups):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
109948
diff
changeset
|
1140 (define-key shared-lisp-mode-map "\e\C-q" 'indent-sexp) |
0eb10986b8f2
* doc/lispref/backups.texi (Making Backups):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
109948
diff
changeset
|
1141 (define-key shared-lisp-mode-map "\177" |
0eb10986b8f2
* doc/lispref/backups.texi (Making Backups):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
109948
diff
changeset
|
1142 'backward-delete-char-untabify) |
0eb10986b8f2
* doc/lispref/backups.texi (Making Backups):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
109948
diff
changeset
|
1143 map) |
84089 | 1144 "Keymap for commands shared by all sorts of Lisp modes.") |
1145 @end group | |
1146 @end smallexample | |
1147 | |
1148 @noindent | |
1149 And here is the code to set up the keymap for Lisp mode: | |
1150 | |
1151 @smallexample | |
1152 @group | |
111887
0eb10986b8f2
* doc/lispref/backups.texi (Making Backups):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
109948
diff
changeset
|
1153 (defvar lisp-mode-map |
0eb10986b8f2
* doc/lispref/backups.texi (Making Backups):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
109948
diff
changeset
|
1154 (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) |
0eb10986b8f2
* doc/lispref/backups.texi (Making Backups):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
109948
diff
changeset
|
1155 (set-keymap-parent map shared-lisp-mode-map) |
0eb10986b8f2
* doc/lispref/backups.texi (Making Backups):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
109948
diff
changeset
|
1156 (define-key map "\e\C-x" 'lisp-eval-defun) |
0eb10986b8f2
* doc/lispref/backups.texi (Making Backups):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
109948
diff
changeset
|
1157 (define-key map "\C-c\C-z" 'run-lisp) |
0eb10986b8f2
* doc/lispref/backups.texi (Making Backups):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
109948
diff
changeset
|
1158 map) |
84089 | 1159 "Keymap for ordinary Lisp mode...") |
1160 @end group | |
1161 @end smallexample | |
1162 | |
1163 Finally, here is the complete major mode function definition for | |
1164 Lisp mode. | |
1165 | |
1166 @smallexample | |
1167 @group | |
1168 (defun lisp-mode () | |
1169 "Major mode for editing Lisp code for Lisps other than GNU Emacs Lisp. | |
1170 Commands: | |
1171 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
1172 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments. | |
1173 \\@{lisp-mode-map@} | |
1174 Note that `run-lisp' may be used either to start an inferior Lisp job | |
1175 or to switch back to an existing one. | |
1176 @end group | |
1177 | |
1178 @group | |
1179 Entry to this mode calls the value of `lisp-mode-hook' | |
1180 if that value is non-nil." | |
1181 (interactive) | |
1182 (kill-all-local-variables) | |
1183 @end group | |
1184 @group | |
1185 (use-local-map lisp-mode-map) ; @r{Select the mode's keymap.} | |
1186 (setq major-mode 'lisp-mode) ; @r{This is how @code{describe-mode}} | |
1187 ; @r{finds out what to describe.} | |
1188 (setq mode-name "Lisp") ; @r{This goes into the mode line.} | |
1189 (lisp-mode-variables t) ; @r{This defines various variables.} | |
111887
0eb10986b8f2
* doc/lispref/backups.texi (Making Backups):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
109948
diff
changeset
|
1190 (set (make-local-variable 'comment-start-skip) |
0eb10986b8f2
* doc/lispref/backups.texi (Making Backups):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
109948
diff
changeset
|
1191 "\\(\\(^\\|[^\\\\\n]\\)\\(\\\\\\\\\\)*\\)\\(;+\\|#|\\) *") |
0eb10986b8f2
* doc/lispref/backups.texi (Making Backups):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
109948
diff
changeset
|
1192 (set (make-local-variable 'font-lock-keywords-case-fold-search) t) |
84089 | 1193 @end group |
1194 @group | |
1195 (setq imenu-case-fold-search t) | |
1196 (set-syntax-table lisp-mode-syntax-table) | |
1197 (run-mode-hooks 'lisp-mode-hook)) ; @r{This permits the user to use a} | |
1198 ; @r{hook to customize the mode.} | |
1199 @end group | |
1200 @end smallexample | |
1201 | |
1202 @node Minor Modes | |
1203 @section Minor Modes | |
1204 @cindex minor mode | |
1205 | |
1206 A @dfn{minor mode} provides features that users may enable or disable | |
1207 independently of the choice of major mode. Minor modes can be enabled | |
1208 individually or in combination. Minor modes would be better named | |
1209 ``generally available, optional feature modes,'' except that such a name | |
1210 would be unwieldy. | |
1211 | |
1212 A minor mode is not usually meant as a variation of a single major mode. | |
1213 Usually they are general and can apply to many major modes. For | |
1214 example, Auto Fill mode works with any major mode that permits text | |
1215 insertion. To be general, a minor mode must be effectively independent | |
1216 of the things major modes do. | |
1217 | |
1218 A minor mode is often much more difficult to implement than a major | |
1219 mode. One reason is that you should be able to activate and deactivate | |
1220 minor modes in any order. A minor mode should be able to have its | |
1221 desired effect regardless of the major mode and regardless of the other | |
1222 minor modes in effect. | |
1223 | |
1224 Often the biggest problem in implementing a minor mode is finding a | |
1225 way to insert the necessary hook into the rest of Emacs. Minor mode | |
1226 keymaps make this easier than it used to be. | |
1227 | |
1228 @defvar minor-mode-list | |
1229 The value of this variable is a list of all minor mode commands. | |
1230 @end defvar | |
1231 | |
1232 @menu | |
1233 * Minor Mode Conventions:: Tips for writing a minor mode. | |
1234 * Keymaps and Minor Modes:: How a minor mode can have its own keymap. | |
1235 * Defining Minor Modes:: A convenient facility for defining minor modes. | |
1236 @end menu | |
1237 | |
1238 @node Minor Mode Conventions | |
1239 @subsection Conventions for Writing Minor Modes | |
1240 @cindex minor mode conventions | |
1241 @cindex conventions for writing minor modes | |
1242 | |
1243 There are conventions for writing minor modes just as there are for | |
1244 major modes. Several of the major mode conventions apply to minor | |
1245 modes as well: those regarding the name of the mode initialization | |
1246 function, the names of global symbols, the use of a hook at the end of | |
1247 the initialization function, and the use of keymaps and other tables. | |
1248 | |
1249 In addition, there are several conventions that are specific to | |
1250 minor modes. (The easiest way to follow all the conventions is to use | |
1251 the macro @code{define-minor-mode}; @ref{Defining Minor Modes}.) | |
1252 | |
1253 @itemize @bullet | |
1254 @item | |
1255 @cindex mode variable | |
1256 Make a variable whose name ends in @samp{-mode} to control the minor | |
1257 mode. We call this the @dfn{mode variable}. The minor mode command | |
1258 should set this variable (@code{nil} to disable; anything else to | |
1259 enable). | |
1260 | |
1261 If possible, implement the mode so that setting the variable | |
1262 automatically enables or disables the mode. Then the minor mode command | |
1263 does not need to do anything except set the variable. | |
1264 | |
1265 This variable is used in conjunction with the @code{minor-mode-alist} to | |
1266 display the minor mode name in the mode line. It can also enable | |
1267 or disable a minor mode keymap. Individual commands or hooks can also | |
1268 check the variable's value. | |
1269 | |
1270 If you want the minor mode to be enabled separately in each buffer, | |
1271 make the variable buffer-local. | |
1272 | |
1273 @item | |
1274 Define a command whose name is the same as the mode variable. | |
1275 Its job is to enable and disable the mode by setting the variable. | |
1276 | |
1277 The command should accept one optional argument. If the argument is | |
1278 @code{nil}, it should toggle the mode (turn it on if it is off, and | |
1279 off if it is on). It should turn the mode on if the argument is a | |
1280 positive integer, the symbol @code{t}, or a list whose @sc{car} is one | |
1281 of those. It should turn the mode off if the argument is a negative | |
1282 integer or zero, the symbol @code{-}, or a list whose @sc{car} is a | |
1283 negative integer or zero. The meaning of other arguments is not | |
1284 specified. | |
1285 | |
1286 Here is an example taken from the definition of @code{transient-mark-mode}. | |
1287 It shows the use of @code{transient-mark-mode} as a variable that enables or | |
1288 disables the mode's behavior, and also shows the proper way to toggle, | |
1289 enable or disable the minor mode based on the raw prefix argument value. | |
1290 | |
1291 @smallexample | |
1292 @group | |
1293 (setq transient-mark-mode | |
1294 (if (null arg) (not transient-mark-mode) | |
1295 (> (prefix-numeric-value arg) 0))) | |
1296 @end group | |
1297 @end smallexample | |
1298 | |
1299 @item | |
1300 Add an element to @code{minor-mode-alist} for each minor mode | |
1301 (@pxref{Definition of minor-mode-alist}), if you want to indicate the | |
1302 minor mode in the mode line. This element should be a list of the | |
1303 following form: | |
1304 | |
1305 @smallexample | |
1306 (@var{mode-variable} @var{string}) | |
1307 @end smallexample | |
1308 | |
1309 Here @var{mode-variable} is the variable that controls enabling of the | |
1310 minor mode, and @var{string} is a short string, starting with a space, | |
1311 to represent the mode in the mode line. These strings must be short so | |
1312 that there is room for several of them at once. | |
1313 | |
1314 When you add an element to @code{minor-mode-alist}, use @code{assq} to | |
1315 check for an existing element, to avoid duplication. For example: | |
1316 | |
1317 @smallexample | |
1318 @group | |
1319 (unless (assq 'leif-mode minor-mode-alist) | |
1320 (setq minor-mode-alist | |
1321 (cons '(leif-mode " Leif") minor-mode-alist))) | |
1322 @end group | |
1323 @end smallexample | |
1324 | |
1325 @noindent | |
1326 or like this, using @code{add-to-list} (@pxref{List Variables}): | |
1327 | |
1328 @smallexample | |
1329 @group | |
1330 (add-to-list 'minor-mode-alist '(leif-mode " Leif")) | |
1331 @end group | |
1332 @end smallexample | |
1333 @end itemize | |
1334 | |
1335 Global minor modes distributed with Emacs should if possible support | |
1336 enabling and disabling via Custom (@pxref{Customization}). To do this, | |
1337 the first step is to define the mode variable with @code{defcustom}, and | |
109250
d3b4a3311253
* modes.texi (Minor Mode Conventions): Fix typo (Bug#6477).
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
1338 specify @code{:type 'boolean}. |
84089 | 1339 |
1340 If just setting the variable is not sufficient to enable the mode, you | |
1341 should also specify a @code{:set} method which enables the mode by | |
1342 invoking the mode command. Note in the variable's documentation string that | |
1343 setting the variable other than via Custom may not take effect. | |
1344 | |
1345 Also mark the definition with an autoload cookie (@pxref{autoload cookie}), | |
1346 and specify a @code{:require} so that customizing the variable will load | |
1347 the library that defines the mode. This will copy suitable definitions | |
1348 into @file{loaddefs.el} so that users can use @code{customize-option} to | |
1349 enable the mode. For example: | |
1350 | |
1351 @smallexample | |
1352 @group | |
1353 | |
1354 ;;;###autoload | |
1355 (defcustom msb-mode nil | |
1356 "Toggle msb-mode. | |
1357 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
1358 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'." | |
1359 :set 'custom-set-minor-mode | |
1360 :initialize 'custom-initialize-default | |
1361 :version "20.4" | |
1362 :type 'boolean | |
1363 :group 'msb | |
1364 :require 'msb) | |
1365 @end group | |
1366 @end smallexample | |
1367 | |
1368 @node Keymaps and Minor Modes | |
1369 @subsection Keymaps and Minor Modes | |
1370 | |
1371 Each minor mode can have its own keymap, which is active when the mode | |
1372 is enabled. To set up a keymap for a minor mode, add an element to the | |
1373 alist @code{minor-mode-map-alist}. @xref{Definition of minor-mode-map-alist}. | |
1374 | |
1375 @cindex @code{self-insert-command}, minor modes | |
1376 One use of minor mode keymaps is to modify the behavior of certain | |
1377 self-inserting characters so that they do something else as well as | |
1378 self-insert. In general, this is the only way to do that, since the | |
1379 facilities for customizing @code{self-insert-command} are limited to | |
1380 special cases (designed for abbrevs and Auto Fill mode). (Do not try | |
1381 substituting your own definition of @code{self-insert-command} for the | |
1382 standard one. The editor command loop handles this function specially.) | |
1383 | |
1384 The key sequences bound in a minor mode should consist of @kbd{C-c} | |
1385 followed by one of @kbd{.,/?`'"[]\|~!#$%^&*()-_+=}. (The other | |
1386 punctuation characters are reserved for major modes.) | |
1387 | |
1388 @node Defining Minor Modes | |
1389 @subsection Defining Minor Modes | |
1390 | |
1391 The macro @code{define-minor-mode} offers a convenient way of | |
1392 implementing a mode in one self-contained definition. | |
1393 | |
1394 @defmac define-minor-mode mode doc [init-value [lighter [keymap]]] keyword-args@dots{} body@dots{} | |
1395 This macro defines a new minor mode whose name is @var{mode} (a | |
1396 symbol). It defines a command named @var{mode} to toggle the minor | |
1397 mode, with @var{doc} as its documentation string. It also defines a | |
1398 variable named @var{mode}, which is set to @code{t} or @code{nil} by | |
1399 enabling or disabling the mode. The variable is initialized to | |
1400 @var{init-value}. Except in unusual circumstances (see below), this | |
1401 value must be @code{nil}. | |
1402 | |
1403 The string @var{lighter} says what to display in the mode line | |
1404 when the mode is enabled; if it is @code{nil}, the mode is not displayed | |
1405 in the mode line. | |
1406 | |
109948
c66428d4b9ed
Doc fix for define-minor-mode (Bug#6880).
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
109694
diff
changeset
|
1407 The optional argument @var{keymap} specifies the keymap for the minor |
c66428d4b9ed
Doc fix for define-minor-mode (Bug#6880).
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
109694
diff
changeset
|
1408 mode. If non-@code{nil}, it should be a variable name (whose value is |
c66428d4b9ed
Doc fix for define-minor-mode (Bug#6880).
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
109694
diff
changeset
|
1409 a keymap), a keymap, or an alist of the form |
84089 | 1410 |
1411 @example | |
1412 (@var{key-sequence} . @var{definition}) | |
1413 @end example | |
1414 | |
109948
c66428d4b9ed
Doc fix for define-minor-mode (Bug#6880).
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
109694
diff
changeset
|
1415 @noindent |
c66428d4b9ed
Doc fix for define-minor-mode (Bug#6880).
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
109694
diff
changeset
|
1416 where each @var{key-sequence} and @var{definition} are arguments |
c66428d4b9ed
Doc fix for define-minor-mode (Bug#6880).
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
109694
diff
changeset
|
1417 suitable for passing to @code{define-key} (@pxref{Changing Key |
c66428d4b9ed
Doc fix for define-minor-mode (Bug#6880).
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
109694
diff
changeset
|
1418 Bindings}). If @var{keymap} is a keymap or an alist, this also |
c66428d4b9ed
Doc fix for define-minor-mode (Bug#6880).
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
109694
diff
changeset
|
1419 defines the variable @code{@var{mode}-map}. |
c66428d4b9ed
Doc fix for define-minor-mode (Bug#6880).
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
109694
diff
changeset
|
1420 |
84089 | 1421 The above three arguments @var{init-value}, @var{lighter}, and |
1422 @var{keymap} can be (partially) omitted when @var{keyword-args} are | |
1423 used. The @var{keyword-args} consist of keywords followed by | |
1424 corresponding values. A few keywords have special meanings: | |
1425 | |
1426 @table @code | |
1427 @item :group @var{group} | |
1428 Custom group name to use in all generated @code{defcustom} forms. | |
1429 Defaults to @var{mode} without the possible trailing @samp{-mode}. | |
1430 @strong{Warning:} don't use this default group name unless you have | |
1431 written a @code{defgroup} to define that group properly. @xref{Group | |
1432 Definitions}. | |
1433 | |
1434 @item :global @var{global} | |
1435 If non-@code{nil}, this specifies that the minor mode should be global | |
1436 rather than buffer-local. It defaults to @code{nil}. | |
1437 | |
1438 One of the effects of making a minor mode global is that the | |
1439 @var{mode} variable becomes a customization variable. Toggling it | |
1440 through the Custom interface turns the mode on and off, and its value | |
1441 can be saved for future Emacs sessions (@pxref{Saving | |
1442 Customizations,,, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}. For the saved | |
1443 variable to work, you should ensure that the @code{define-minor-mode} | |
1444 form is evaluated each time Emacs starts; for packages that are not | |
1445 part of Emacs, the easiest way to do this is to specify a | |
1446 @code{:require} keyword. | |
1447 | |
1448 @item :init-value @var{init-value} | |
1449 This is equivalent to specifying @var{init-value} positionally. | |
1450 | |
1451 @item :lighter @var{lighter} | |
1452 This is equivalent to specifying @var{lighter} positionally. | |
1453 | |
1454 @item :keymap @var{keymap} | |
1455 This is equivalent to specifying @var{keymap} positionally. | |
1456 @end table | |
1457 | |
1458 Any other keyword arguments are passed directly to the | |
1459 @code{defcustom} generated for the variable @var{mode}. | |
1460 | |
1461 The command named @var{mode} first performs the standard actions such | |
1462 as setting the variable named @var{mode} and then executes the | |
1463 @var{body} forms, if any. It finishes by running the mode hook | |
1464 variable @code{@var{mode}-hook}. | |
1465 @end defmac | |
1466 | |
1467 The initial value must be @code{nil} except in cases where (1) the | |
1468 mode is preloaded in Emacs, or (2) it is painless for loading to | |
1469 enable the mode even though the user did not request it. For | |
1470 instance, if the mode has no effect unless something else is enabled, | |
1471 and will always be loaded by that time, enabling it by default is | |
1472 harmless. But these are unusual circumstances. Normally, the | |
1473 initial value must be @code{nil}. | |
1474 | |
1475 @findex easy-mmode-define-minor-mode | |
1476 The name @code{easy-mmode-define-minor-mode} is an alias | |
1477 for this macro. | |
1478 | |
1479 Here is an example of using @code{define-minor-mode}: | |
1480 | |
1481 @smallexample | |
1482 (define-minor-mode hungry-mode | |
1483 "Toggle Hungry mode. | |
1484 With no argument, this command toggles the mode. | |
1485 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode. | |
1486 Null prefix argument turns off the mode. | |
1487 | |
1488 When Hungry mode is enabled, the control delete key | |
1489 gobbles all preceding whitespace except the last. | |
1490 See the command \\[hungry-electric-delete]." | |
1491 ;; The initial value. | |
1492 nil | |
1493 ;; The indicator for the mode line. | |
1494 " Hungry" | |
1495 ;; The minor mode bindings. | |
109694
0208d138c2be
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Defining Minor Modes): Use C-backspace, not C-delete.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
109347
diff
changeset
|
1496 '(([C-backspace] . hungry-electric-delete)) |
84089 | 1497 :group 'hunger) |
1498 @end smallexample | |
1499 | |
1500 @noindent | |
1501 This defines a minor mode named ``Hungry mode,'' a command named | |
1502 @code{hungry-mode} to toggle it, a variable named @code{hungry-mode} | |
1503 which indicates whether the mode is enabled, and a variable named | |
1504 @code{hungry-mode-map} which holds the keymap that is active when the | |
1505 mode is enabled. It initializes the keymap with a key binding for | |
1506 @kbd{C-@key{DEL}}. It puts the variable @code{hungry-mode} into | |
1507 custom group @code{hunger}. There are no @var{body} forms---many | |
1508 minor modes don't need any. | |
1509 | |
1510 Here's an equivalent way to write it: | |
1511 | |
1512 @smallexample | |
1513 (define-minor-mode hungry-mode | |
1514 "Toggle Hungry mode. | |
1515 With no argument, this command toggles the mode. | |
1516 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode. | |
1517 Null prefix argument turns off the mode. | |
1518 | |
1519 When Hungry mode is enabled, the control delete key | |
1520 gobbles all preceding whitespace except the last. | |
1521 See the command \\[hungry-electric-delete]." | |
1522 ;; The initial value. | |
1523 :init-value nil | |
1524 ;; The indicator for the mode line. | |
1525 :lighter " Hungry" | |
1526 ;; The minor mode bindings. | |
1527 :keymap | |
109694
0208d138c2be
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Defining Minor Modes): Use C-backspace, not C-delete.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
109347
diff
changeset
|
1528 '(([C-backspace] . hungry-electric-delete) |
0208d138c2be
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Defining Minor Modes): Use C-backspace, not C-delete.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
109347
diff
changeset
|
1529 ([C-M-backspace] |
84089 | 1530 . (lambda () |
1531 (interactive) | |
1532 (hungry-electric-delete t)))) | |
1533 :group 'hunger) | |
1534 @end smallexample | |
1535 | |
1536 @defmac define-globalized-minor-mode global-mode mode turn-on keyword-args@dots{} | |
1537 This defines a global toggle named @var{global-mode} whose meaning is | |
1538 to enable or disable the buffer-local minor mode @var{mode} in all | |
1539 buffers. To turn on the minor mode in a buffer, it uses the function | |
1540 @var{turn-on}; to turn off the minor mode, it calls @code{mode} with | |
1541 @minus{}1 as argument. | |
1542 | |
1543 Globally enabling the mode also affects buffers subsequently created | |
1544 by visiting files, and buffers that use a major mode other than | |
1545 Fundamental mode; but it does not detect the creation of a new buffer | |
1546 in Fundamental mode. | |
1547 | |
1548 This defines the customization option @var{global-mode} (@pxref{Customization}), | |
1549 which can be toggled in the Custom interface to turn the minor mode on | |
1550 and off. As with @code{define-minor-mode}, you should ensure that the | |
1551 @code{define-globalized-minor-mode} form is evaluated each time Emacs | |
1552 starts, for example by providing a @code{:require} keyword. | |
1553 | |
1554 Use @code{:group @var{group}} in @var{keyword-args} to specify the | |
1555 custom group for the mode variable of the global minor mode. | |
1556 @end defmac | |
1557 | |
1558 @node Mode Line Format | |
1559 @section Mode-Line Format | |
1560 @cindex mode line | |
1561 | |
1562 Each Emacs window (aside from minibuffer windows) typically has a mode | |
1563 line at the bottom, which displays status information about the buffer | |
1564 displayed in the window. The mode line contains information about the | |
1565 buffer, such as its name, associated file, depth of recursive editing, | |
1566 and major and minor modes. A window can also have a @dfn{header | |
1567 line}, which is much like the mode line but appears at the top of the | |
1568 window. | |
1569 | |
1570 This section describes how to control the contents of the mode line | |
1571 and header line. We include it in this chapter because much of the | |
1572 information displayed in the mode line relates to the enabled major and | |
1573 minor modes. | |
1574 | |
1575 @menu | |
111887
0eb10986b8f2
* doc/lispref/backups.texi (Making Backups):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
109948
diff
changeset
|
1576 * Base: Mode Line Basics. Basic ideas of mode line control. |
0eb10986b8f2
* doc/lispref/backups.texi (Making Backups):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
109948
diff
changeset
|
1577 * Data: Mode Line Data. The data structure that controls the mode line. |
0eb10986b8f2
* doc/lispref/backups.texi (Making Backups):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
109948
diff
changeset
|
1578 * Top: Mode Line Top. The top level variable, mode-line-format. |
0eb10986b8f2
* doc/lispref/backups.texi (Making Backups):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
109948
diff
changeset
|
1579 * Mode Line Variables:: Variables used in that data structure. |
0eb10986b8f2
* doc/lispref/backups.texi (Making Backups):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
109948
diff
changeset
|
1580 * %-Constructs:: Putting information into a mode line. |
0eb10986b8f2
* doc/lispref/backups.texi (Making Backups):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
109948
diff
changeset
|
1581 * Properties in Mode:: Using text properties in the mode line. |
0eb10986b8f2
* doc/lispref/backups.texi (Making Backups):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
109948
diff
changeset
|
1582 * Header Lines:: Like a mode line, but at the top. |
0eb10986b8f2
* doc/lispref/backups.texi (Making Backups):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
109948
diff
changeset
|
1583 * Emulating Mode Line:: Formatting text as the mode line would. |
84089 | 1584 @end menu |
1585 | |
1586 @node Mode Line Basics | |
1587 @subsection Mode Line Basics | |
1588 | |
1589 @code{mode-line-format} is a buffer-local variable that holds a | |
1590 @dfn{mode line construct}, a kind of template, which controls what is | |
1591 displayed on the mode line of the current buffer. The value of | |
1592 @code{header-line-format} specifies the buffer's header line in the | |
1593 same way. All windows for the same buffer use the same | |
1594 @code{mode-line-format} and @code{header-line-format}. | |
1595 | |
1596 For efficiency, Emacs does not continuously recompute the mode | |
1597 line and header line of a window. It does so when circumstances | |
1598 appear to call for it---for instance, if you change the window | |
1599 configuration, switch buffers, narrow or widen the buffer, scroll, or | |
1600 change the buffer's modification status. If you modify any of the | |
1601 variables referenced by @code{mode-line-format} (@pxref{Mode Line | |
1602 Variables}), or any other variables and data structures that affect | |
1603 how text is displayed (@pxref{Display}), you may want to force an | |
1604 update of the mode line so as to display the new information or | |
1605 display it in the new way. | |
1606 | |
1607 @defun force-mode-line-update &optional all | |
1608 Force redisplay of the current buffer's mode line and header line. | |
1609 The next redisplay will update the mode line and header line based on | |
1610 the latest values of all relevant variables. With optional | |
1611 non-@code{nil} @var{all}, force redisplay of all mode lines and header | |
1612 lines. | |
1613 | |
1614 This function also forces recomputation of the menu bar menus | |
1615 and the frame title. | |
1616 @end defun | |
1617 | |
1618 The selected window's mode line is usually displayed in a different | |
1619 color using the face @code{mode-line}. Other windows' mode lines | |
1620 appear in the face @code{mode-line-inactive} instead. @xref{Faces}. | |
1621 | |
1622 @node Mode Line Data | |
1623 @subsection The Data Structure of the Mode Line | |
1624 @cindex mode-line construct | |
1625 | |
1626 The mode-line contents are controlled by a data structure called a | |
1627 @dfn{mode-line construct}, made up of lists, strings, symbols, and | |
1628 numbers kept in buffer-local variables. Each data type has a specific | |
1629 meaning for the mode-line appearance, as described below. The same | |
1630 data structure is used for constructing frame titles (@pxref{Frame | |
1631 Titles}) and header lines (@pxref{Header Lines}). | |
1632 | |
1633 A mode-line construct may be as simple as a fixed string of text, | |
1634 but it usually specifies how to combine fixed strings with variables' | |
1635 values to construct the text. Many of these variables are themselves | |
1636 defined to have mode-line constructs as their values. | |
1637 | |
1638 Here are the meanings of various data types as mode-line constructs: | |
1639 | |
1640 @table @code | |
1641 @cindex percent symbol in mode line | |
1642 @item @var{string} | |
1643 A string as a mode-line construct appears verbatim except for | |
1644 @dfn{@code{%}-constructs} in it. These stand for substitution of | |
1645 other data; see @ref{%-Constructs}. | |
1646 | |
1647 If parts of the string have @code{face} properties, they control | |
1648 display of the text just as they would text in the buffer. Any | |
1649 characters which have no @code{face} properties are displayed, by | |
1650 default, in the face @code{mode-line} or @code{mode-line-inactive} | |
1651 (@pxref{Standard Faces,,, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}). The | |
1652 @code{help-echo} and @code{local-map} properties in @var{string} have | |
1653 special meanings. @xref{Properties in Mode}. | |
1654 | |
1655 @item @var{symbol} | |
1656 A symbol as a mode-line construct stands for its value. The value of | |
1657 @var{symbol} is used as a mode-line construct, in place of @var{symbol}. | |
1658 However, the symbols @code{t} and @code{nil} are ignored, as is any | |
1659 symbol whose value is void. | |
1660 | |
1661 There is one exception: if the value of @var{symbol} is a string, it is | |
1662 displayed verbatim: the @code{%}-constructs are not recognized. | |
1663 | |
1664 Unless @var{symbol} is marked as ``risky'' (i.e., it has a | |
1665 non-@code{nil} @code{risky-local-variable} property), all text | |
1666 properties specified in @var{symbol}'s value are ignored. This | |
1667 includes the text properties of strings in @var{symbol}'s value, as | |
1668 well as all @code{:eval} and @code{:propertize} forms in it. (The | |
1669 reason for this is security: non-risky variables could be set | |
1670 automatically from file variables without prompting the user.) | |
1671 | |
1672 @item (@var{string} @var{rest}@dots{}) | |
1673 @itemx (@var{list} @var{rest}@dots{}) | |
1674 A list whose first element is a string or list means to process all the | |
1675 elements recursively and concatenate the results. This is the most | |
1676 common form of mode-line construct. | |
1677 | |
1678 @item (:eval @var{form}) | |
1679 A list whose first element is the symbol @code{:eval} says to evaluate | |
1680 @var{form}, and use the result as a string to display. Make sure this | |
1681 evaluation cannot load any files, as doing so could cause infinite | |
1682 recursion. | |
1683 | |
1684 @item (:propertize @var{elt} @var{props}@dots{}) | |
1685 A list whose first element is the symbol @code{:propertize} says to | |
1686 process the mode-line construct @var{elt} recursively, then add the text | |
1687 properties specified by @var{props} to the result. The argument | |
1688 @var{props} should consist of zero or more pairs @var{text-property} | |
1689 @var{value}. (This feature is new as of Emacs 22.1.) | |
1690 | |
1691 @item (@var{symbol} @var{then} @var{else}) | |
1692 A list whose first element is a symbol that is not a keyword specifies | |
1693 a conditional. Its meaning depends on the value of @var{symbol}. If | |
1694 @var{symbol} has a non-@code{nil} value, the second element, | |
1695 @var{then}, is processed recursively as a mode-line element. | |
1696 Otherwise, the third element, @var{else}, is processed recursively. | |
1697 You may omit @var{else}; then the mode-line element displays nothing | |
1698 if the value of @var{symbol} is @code{nil} or void. | |
1699 | |
1700 @item (@var{width} @var{rest}@dots{}) | |
1701 A list whose first element is an integer specifies truncation or | |
1702 padding of the results of @var{rest}. The remaining elements | |
1703 @var{rest} are processed recursively as mode-line constructs and | |
1704 concatenated together. When @var{width} is positive, the result is | |
1705 space filled on the right if its width is less than @var{width}. When | |
1706 @var{width} is negative, the result is truncated on the right to | |
1707 @minus{}@var{width} columns if its width exceeds @minus{}@var{width}. | |
1708 | |
1709 For example, the usual way to show what percentage of a buffer is above | |
1710 the top of the window is to use a list like this: @code{(-3 "%p")}. | |
1711 @end table | |
1712 | |
1713 @node Mode Line Top | |
1714 @subsection The Top Level of Mode Line Control | |
1715 | |
1716 The variable in overall control of the mode line is | |
1717 @code{mode-line-format}. | |
1718 | |
103273
c32ec20d0ab5
* abbrevs.texi (Abbrev Mode): abbrev-mode is an option.
Martin Rudalics <rudalics@gmx.at>
parents:
103238
diff
changeset
|
1719 @defopt mode-line-format |
84089 | 1720 The value of this variable is a mode-line construct that controls the |
1721 contents of the mode-line. It is always buffer-local in all buffers. | |
1722 | |
1723 If you set this variable to @code{nil} in a buffer, that buffer does | |
1724 not have a mode line. (A window that is just one line tall never | |
1725 displays a mode line.) | |
103273
c32ec20d0ab5
* abbrevs.texi (Abbrev Mode): abbrev-mode is an option.
Martin Rudalics <rudalics@gmx.at>
parents:
103238
diff
changeset
|
1726 @end defopt |
84089 | 1727 |
1728 The default value of @code{mode-line-format} is designed to use the | |
1729 values of other variables such as @code{mode-line-position} and | |
1730 @code{mode-line-modes} (which in turn incorporates the values of the | |
1731 variables @code{mode-name} and @code{minor-mode-alist}). Very few | |
1732 modes need to alter @code{mode-line-format} itself. For most | |
1733 purposes, it is sufficient to alter some of the variables that | |
1734 @code{mode-line-format} either directly or indirectly refers to. | |
1735 | |
1736 If you do alter @code{mode-line-format} itself, the new value should | |
1737 use the same variables that appear in the default value (@pxref{Mode | |
1738 Line Variables}), rather than duplicating their contents or displaying | |
1739 the information in another fashion. This way, customizations made by | |
1740 the user or by Lisp programs (such as @code{display-time} and major | |
1741 modes) via changes to those variables remain effective. | |
1742 | |
1743 Here is an example of a @code{mode-line-format} that might be | |
1744 useful for @code{shell-mode}, since it contains the host name and default | |
1745 directory. | |
1746 | |
1747 @example | |
1748 @group | |
1749 (setq mode-line-format | |
1750 (list "-" | |
1751 'mode-line-mule-info | |
1752 'mode-line-modified | |
1753 'mode-line-frame-identification | |
1754 "%b--" | |
1755 @end group | |
1756 @group | |
1757 ;; @r{Note that this is evaluated while making the list.} | |
1758 ;; @r{It makes a mode-line construct which is just a string.} | |
1759 (getenv "HOST") | |
1760 @end group | |
1761 ":" | |
1762 'default-directory | |
1763 " " | |
1764 'global-mode-string | |
1765 " %[(" | |
1766 '(:eval (mode-line-mode-name)) | |
1767 'mode-line-process | |
1768 'minor-mode-alist | |
1769 "%n" | |
1770 ")%]--" | |
1771 @group | |
1772 '(which-func-mode ("" which-func-format "--")) | |
1773 '(line-number-mode "L%l--") | |
1774 '(column-number-mode "C%c--") | |
1775 '(-3 "%p") | |
1776 "-%-")) | |
1777 @end group | |
1778 @end example | |
1779 | |
1780 @noindent | |
1781 (The variables @code{line-number-mode}, @code{column-number-mode} | |
1782 and @code{which-func-mode} enable particular minor modes; as usual, | |
1783 these variable names are also the minor mode command names.) | |
1784 | |
1785 @node Mode Line Variables | |
1786 @subsection Variables Used in the Mode Line | |
1787 | |
1788 This section describes variables incorporated by the standard value | |
1789 of @code{mode-line-format} into the text of the mode line. There is | |
1790 nothing inherently special about these variables; any other variables | |
1791 could have the same effects on the mode line if | |
1792 @code{mode-line-format}'s value were changed to use them. However, | |
1793 various parts of Emacs set these variables on the understanding that | |
1794 they will control parts of the mode line; therefore, practically | |
1795 speaking, it is essential for the mode line to use them. | |
1796 | |
1797 @defvar mode-line-mule-info | |
1798 This variable holds the value of the mode-line construct that displays | |
1799 information about the language environment, buffer coding system, and | |
1800 current input method. @xref{Non-ASCII Characters}. | |
1801 @end defvar | |
1802 | |
1803 @defvar mode-line-modified | |
1804 This variable holds the value of the mode-line construct that displays | |
102775
58dbb2780124
(Mode Line Variables): The default values of the mode
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102766
diff
changeset
|
1805 whether the current buffer is modified. Its default value displays |
58dbb2780124
(Mode Line Variables): The default values of the mode
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102766
diff
changeset
|
1806 @samp{**} if the buffer is modified, @samp{--} if the buffer is not |
58dbb2780124
(Mode Line Variables): The default values of the mode
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102766
diff
changeset
|
1807 modified, @samp{%%} if the buffer is read only, and @samp{%*} if the |
58dbb2780124
(Mode Line Variables): The default values of the mode
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102766
diff
changeset
|
1808 buffer is read only and modified. |
84089 | 1809 |
1810 Changing this variable does not force an update of the mode line. | |
1811 @end defvar | |
1812 | |
1813 @defvar mode-line-frame-identification | |
102775
58dbb2780124
(Mode Line Variables): The default values of the mode
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102766
diff
changeset
|
1814 This variable identifies the current frame. Its default value |
58dbb2780124
(Mode Line Variables): The default values of the mode
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102766
diff
changeset
|
1815 displays @code{" "} if you are using a window system which can show |
58dbb2780124
(Mode Line Variables): The default values of the mode
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102766
diff
changeset
|
1816 multiple frames, or @code{"-%F "} on an ordinary terminal which shows |
58dbb2780124
(Mode Line Variables): The default values of the mode
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102766
diff
changeset
|
1817 only one frame at a time. |
84089 | 1818 @end defvar |
1819 | |
1820 @defvar mode-line-buffer-identification | |
102775
58dbb2780124
(Mode Line Variables): The default values of the mode
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102766
diff
changeset
|
1821 This variable identifies the buffer being displayed in the window. |
58dbb2780124
(Mode Line Variables): The default values of the mode
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102766
diff
changeset
|
1822 Its default value displays the buffer name, padded with spaces to at |
58dbb2780124
(Mode Line Variables): The default values of the mode
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102766
diff
changeset
|
1823 least 12 columns. |
84089 | 1824 @end defvar |
1825 | |
103273
c32ec20d0ab5
* abbrevs.texi (Abbrev Mode): abbrev-mode is an option.
Martin Rudalics <rudalics@gmx.at>
parents:
103238
diff
changeset
|
1826 @defopt mode-line-position |
102775
58dbb2780124
(Mode Line Variables): The default values of the mode
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102766
diff
changeset
|
1827 This variable indicates the position in the buffer. Its default value |
58dbb2780124
(Mode Line Variables): The default values of the mode
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102766
diff
changeset
|
1828 displays the buffer percentage and, optionally, the buffer size, the |
58dbb2780124
(Mode Line Variables): The default values of the mode
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102766
diff
changeset
|
1829 line number and the column number. |
103273
c32ec20d0ab5
* abbrevs.texi (Abbrev Mode): abbrev-mode is an option.
Martin Rudalics <rudalics@gmx.at>
parents:
103238
diff
changeset
|
1830 @end defopt |
84089 | 1831 |
1832 @defvar vc-mode | |
1833 The variable @code{vc-mode}, buffer-local in each buffer, records | |
1834 whether the buffer's visited file is maintained with version control, | |
1835 and, if so, which kind. Its value is a string that appears in the mode | |
1836 line, or @code{nil} for no version control. | |
1837 @end defvar | |
1838 | |
103273
c32ec20d0ab5
* abbrevs.texi (Abbrev Mode): abbrev-mode is an option.
Martin Rudalics <rudalics@gmx.at>
parents:
103238
diff
changeset
|
1839 @defopt mode-line-modes |
102775
58dbb2780124
(Mode Line Variables): The default values of the mode
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102766
diff
changeset
|
1840 This variable displays the buffer's major and minor modes. Its |
58dbb2780124
(Mode Line Variables): The default values of the mode
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102766
diff
changeset
|
1841 default value also displays the recursive editing level, information |
58dbb2780124
(Mode Line Variables): The default values of the mode
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102766
diff
changeset
|
1842 on the process status, and whether narrowing is in effect. |
103273
c32ec20d0ab5
* abbrevs.texi (Abbrev Mode): abbrev-mode is an option.
Martin Rudalics <rudalics@gmx.at>
parents:
103238
diff
changeset
|
1843 @end defopt |
84089 | 1844 |
1845 The following three variables are used in @code{mode-line-modes}: | |
1846 | |
1847 @defvar mode-name | |
1848 This buffer-local variable holds the ``pretty'' name of the current | |
98729
a0397c75f952
(Major Mode Conventions, Mode Line Variables): `mode-name' need not be a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
87981
diff
changeset
|
1849 buffer's major mode. Each major mode should set this variable so that |
a0397c75f952
(Major Mode Conventions, Mode Line Variables): `mode-name' need not be a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
87981
diff
changeset
|
1850 the mode name will appear in the mode line. The value does not have |
a0397c75f952
(Major Mode Conventions, Mode Line Variables): `mode-name' need not be a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
87981
diff
changeset
|
1851 to be a string, but can use any of the data types valid in a mode-line |
a0397c75f952
(Major Mode Conventions, Mode Line Variables): `mode-name' need not be a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
87981
diff
changeset
|
1852 construct (@pxref{Mode Line Data}). To compute the string that will |
a0397c75f952
(Major Mode Conventions, Mode Line Variables): `mode-name' need not be a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
87981
diff
changeset
|
1853 identify the mode name in the mode line, use @code{format-mode-line} |
a0397c75f952
(Major Mode Conventions, Mode Line Variables): `mode-name' need not be a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
87981
diff
changeset
|
1854 (@pxref{Emulating Mode Line}). |
84089 | 1855 @end defvar |
1856 | |
1857 @defvar mode-line-process | |
1858 This buffer-local variable contains the mode-line information on process | |
1859 status in modes used for communicating with subprocesses. It is | |
1860 displayed immediately following the major mode name, with no intervening | |
1861 space. For example, its value in the @samp{*shell*} buffer is | |
1862 @code{(":%s")}, which allows the shell to display its status along | |
1863 with the major mode as: @samp{(Shell:run)}. Normally this variable | |
1864 is @code{nil}. | |
1865 @end defvar | |
1866 | |
1867 @defvar minor-mode-alist | |
1868 @anchor{Definition of minor-mode-alist} | |
1869 This variable holds an association list whose elements specify how the | |
1870 mode line should indicate that a minor mode is active. Each element of | |
1871 the @code{minor-mode-alist} should be a two-element list: | |
1872 | |
1873 @example | |
1874 (@var{minor-mode-variable} @var{mode-line-string}) | |
1875 @end example | |
1876 | |
1877 More generally, @var{mode-line-string} can be any mode-line spec. It | |
1878 appears in the mode line when the value of @var{minor-mode-variable} | |
1879 is non-@code{nil}, and not otherwise. These strings should begin with | |
1880 spaces so that they don't run together. Conventionally, the | |
1881 @var{minor-mode-variable} for a specific mode is set to a | |
1882 non-@code{nil} value when that minor mode is activated. | |
1883 | |
1884 @code{minor-mode-alist} itself is not buffer-local. Each variable | |
1885 mentioned in the alist should be buffer-local if its minor mode can be | |
1886 enabled separately in each buffer. | |
1887 @end defvar | |
1888 | |
1889 @defvar global-mode-string | |
1890 This variable holds a mode-line spec that, by default, appears in the | |
1891 mode line just after the @code{which-func-mode} minor mode if set, | |
1892 else after @code{mode-line-modes}. The command @code{display-time} | |
1893 sets @code{global-mode-string} to refer to the variable | |
1894 @code{display-time-string}, which holds a string containing the time | |
1895 and load information. | |
1896 | |
1897 The @samp{%M} construct substitutes the value of | |
1898 @code{global-mode-string}, but that is obsolete, since the variable is | |
1899 included in the mode line from @code{mode-line-format}. | |
1900 @end defvar | |
1901 | |
1902 Here is a simplified version of the default value of | |
104626
caa79498564a
* subr.el (default-mode-line-format, default-header-line-format)
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
103821
diff
changeset
|
1903 @code{mode-line-format}. The real default value also |
84089 | 1904 specifies addition of text properties. |
1905 | |
1906 @example | |
1907 @group | |
1908 ("-" | |
1909 mode-line-mule-info | |
1910 mode-line-modified | |
1911 mode-line-frame-identification | |
1912 mode-line-buffer-identification | |
1913 @end group | |
1914 " " | |
1915 mode-line-position | |
1916 (vc-mode vc-mode) | |
1917 " " | |
1918 @group | |
1919 mode-line-modes | |
1920 (which-func-mode ("" which-func-format "--")) | |
1921 (global-mode-string ("--" global-mode-string)) | |
1922 "-%-") | |
1923 @end group | |
1924 @end example | |
1925 | |
1926 @node %-Constructs | |
1927 @subsection @code{%}-Constructs in the Mode Line | |
1928 | |
1929 Strings used as mode-line constructs can use certain | |
1930 @code{%}-constructs to substitute various kinds of data. Here is a | |
1931 list of the defined @code{%}-constructs, and what they mean. In any | |
1932 construct except @samp{%%}, you can add a decimal integer after the | |
1933 @samp{%} to specify a minimum field width. If the width is less, the | |
1934 field is padded with spaces to the right. | |
1935 | |
1936 @table @code | |
1937 @item %b | |
1938 The current buffer name, obtained with the @code{buffer-name} function. | |
1939 @xref{Buffer Names}. | |
1940 | |
1941 @item %c | |
1942 The current column number of point. | |
1943 | |
1944 @item %e | |
1945 When Emacs is nearly out of memory for Lisp objects, a brief message | |
1946 saying so. Otherwise, this is empty. | |
1947 | |
1948 @item %f | |
1949 The visited file name, obtained with the @code{buffer-file-name} | |
1950 function. @xref{Buffer File Name}. | |
1951 | |
1952 @item %F | |
1953 The title (only on a window system) or the name of the selected frame. | |
1954 @xref{Basic Parameters}. | |
1955 | |
1956 @item %i | |
1957 The size of the accessible part of the current buffer; basically | |
1958 @code{(- (point-max) (point-min))}. | |
1959 | |
1960 @item %I | |
1961 Like @samp{%i}, but the size is printed in a more readable way by using | |
1962 @samp{k} for 10^3, @samp{M} for 10^6, @samp{G} for 10^9, etc., to | |
1963 abbreviate. | |
1964 | |
1965 @item %l | |
1966 The current line number of point, counting within the accessible portion | |
1967 of the buffer. | |
1968 | |
1969 @item %n | |
1970 @samp{Narrow} when narrowing is in effect; nothing otherwise (see | |
1971 @code{narrow-to-region} in @ref{Narrowing}). | |
1972 | |
1973 @item %p | |
1974 The percentage of the buffer text above the @strong{top} of window, or | |
1975 @samp{Top}, @samp{Bottom} or @samp{All}. Note that the default | |
1976 mode-line specification truncates this to three characters. | |
1977 | |
1978 @item %P | |
1979 The percentage of the buffer text that is above the @strong{bottom} of | |
1980 the window (which includes the text visible in the window, as well as | |
1981 the text above the top), plus @samp{Top} if the top of the buffer is | |
1982 visible on screen; or @samp{Bottom} or @samp{All}. | |
1983 | |
1984 @item %s | |
1985 The status of the subprocess belonging to the current buffer, obtained with | |
1986 @code{process-status}. @xref{Process Information}. | |
1987 | |
1988 @item %t | |
1989 Whether the visited file is a text file or a binary file. This is a | |
1990 meaningful distinction only on certain operating systems (@pxref{MS-DOS | |
1991 File Types}). | |
1992 | |
1993 @item %z | |
1994 The mnemonics of keyboard, terminal, and buffer coding systems. | |
1995 | |
1996 @item %Z | |
1997 Like @samp{%z}, but including the end-of-line format. | |
1998 | |
1999 @item %* | |
2000 @samp{%} if the buffer is read only (see @code{buffer-read-only}); @* | |
2001 @samp{*} if the buffer is modified (see @code{buffer-modified-p}); @* | |
2002 @samp{-} otherwise. @xref{Buffer Modification}. | |
2003 | |
2004 @item %+ | |
2005 @samp{*} if the buffer is modified (see @code{buffer-modified-p}); @* | |
2006 @samp{%} if the buffer is read only (see @code{buffer-read-only}); @* | |
2007 @samp{-} otherwise. This differs from @samp{%*} only for a modified | |
2008 read-only buffer. @xref{Buffer Modification}. | |
2009 | |
2010 @item %& | |
2011 @samp{*} if the buffer is modified, and @samp{-} otherwise. | |
2012 | |
2013 @item %[ | |
2014 An indication of the depth of recursive editing levels (not counting | |
2015 minibuffer levels): one @samp{[} for each editing level. | |
2016 @xref{Recursive Editing}. | |
2017 | |
2018 @item %] | |
2019 One @samp{]} for each recursive editing level (not counting minibuffer | |
2020 levels). | |
2021 | |
2022 @item %- | |
2023 Dashes sufficient to fill the remainder of the mode line. | |
2024 | |
2025 @item %% | |
2026 The character @samp{%}---this is how to include a literal @samp{%} in a | |
2027 string in which @code{%}-constructs are allowed. | |
2028 @end table | |
2029 | |
2030 The following two @code{%}-constructs are still supported, but they are | |
2031 obsolete, since you can get the same results with the variables | |
2032 @code{mode-name} and @code{global-mode-string}. | |
2033 | |
2034 @table @code | |
2035 @item %m | |
2036 The value of @code{mode-name}. | |
2037 | |
2038 @item %M | |
2039 The value of @code{global-mode-string}. | |
2040 @end table | |
2041 | |
2042 @node Properties in Mode | |
2043 @subsection Properties in the Mode Line | |
2044 @cindex text properties in the mode line | |
2045 | |
2046 Certain text properties are meaningful in the | |
2047 mode line. The @code{face} property affects the appearance of text; the | |
2048 @code{help-echo} property associates help strings with the text, and | |
2049 @code{local-map} can make the text mouse-sensitive. | |
2050 | |
2051 There are four ways to specify text properties for text in the mode | |
2052 line: | |
2053 | |
2054 @enumerate | |
2055 @item | |
2056 Put a string with a text property directly into the mode-line data | |
2057 structure. | |
2058 | |
2059 @item | |
2060 Put a text property on a mode-line %-construct such as @samp{%12b}; then | |
2061 the expansion of the %-construct will have that same text property. | |
2062 | |
2063 @item | |
2064 Use a @code{(:propertize @var{elt} @var{props}@dots{})} construct to | |
2065 give @var{elt} a text property specified by @var{props}. | |
2066 | |
2067 @item | |
2068 Use a list containing @code{:eval @var{form}} in the mode-line data | |
2069 structure, and make @var{form} evaluate to a string that has a text | |
2070 property. | |
2071 @end enumerate | |
2072 | |
2073 You can use the @code{local-map} property to specify a keymap. This | |
2074 keymap only takes real effect for mouse clicks; binding character keys | |
2075 and function keys to it has no effect, since it is impossible to move | |
2076 point into the mode line. | |
2077 | |
2078 When the mode line refers to a variable which does not have a | |
2079 non-@code{nil} @code{risky-local-variable} property, any text | |
2080 properties given or specified within that variable's values are | |
2081 ignored. This is because such properties could otherwise specify | |
2082 functions to be called, and those functions could come from file | |
2083 local variables. | |
2084 | |
2085 @node Header Lines | |
2086 @subsection Window Header Lines | |
2087 @cindex header line (of a window) | |
2088 @cindex window header line | |
2089 | |
2090 A window can have a @dfn{header line} at the | |
2091 top, just as it can have a mode line at the bottom. The header line | |
2092 feature works just like the mode-line feature, except that it's | |
2093 controlled by different variables. | |
2094 | |
2095 @defvar header-line-format | |
2096 This variable, local in every buffer, specifies how to display the | |
2097 header line, for windows displaying the buffer. The format of the value | |
2098 is the same as for @code{mode-line-format} (@pxref{Mode Line Data}). | |
2099 It is normally @code{nil}, so that ordinary buffers have no header line. | |
2100 @end defvar | |
2101 | |
2102 A window that is just one line tall never displays a header line. A | |
2103 window that is two lines tall cannot display both a mode line and a | |
2104 header line at once; if it has a mode line, then it does not display a | |
2105 header line. | |
2106 | |
2107 @node Emulating Mode Line | |
2108 @subsection Emulating Mode-Line Formatting | |
2109 | |
2110 You can use the function @code{format-mode-line} to compute | |
2111 the text that would appear in a mode line or header line | |
2112 based on a certain mode-line specification. | |
2113 | |
2114 @defun format-mode-line format &optional face window buffer | |
112057
60e7c5827df3
Fallout from fixing bug #7587.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
111918
diff
changeset
|
2115 This function formats a line of text according to @var{format} as if it |
60e7c5827df3
Fallout from fixing bug #7587.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
111918
diff
changeset
|
2116 were generating the mode line for @var{window}, but it also returns the |
60e7c5827df3
Fallout from fixing bug #7587.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
111918
diff
changeset
|
2117 text as a string. The argument @var{window} defaults to the selected |
60e7c5827df3
Fallout from fixing bug #7587.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
111918
diff
changeset
|
2118 window. If @var{buffer} is non-@code{nil}, all the information used is |
60e7c5827df3
Fallout from fixing bug #7587.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
111918
diff
changeset
|
2119 taken from @var{buffer}; by default, it comes from @var{window}'s |
60e7c5827df3
Fallout from fixing bug #7587.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
111918
diff
changeset
|
2120 buffer. |
84089 | 2121 |
2122 The value string normally has text properties that correspond to the | |
112075
9546b9e764b9
More fallout from fixing bug #7587.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
112057
diff
changeset
|
2123 faces, keymaps, etc., that the mode line would have. Any character for |
9546b9e764b9
More fallout from fixing bug #7587.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
112057
diff
changeset
|
2124 which no @code{face} property is specified by @var{format} gets a |
9546b9e764b9
More fallout from fixing bug #7587.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
112057
diff
changeset
|
2125 default value determined by @var{face}. If @var{face} is @code{t}, that |
9546b9e764b9
More fallout from fixing bug #7587.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
112057
diff
changeset
|
2126 stands for either @code{mode-line} if @var{window} is selected, |
9546b9e764b9
More fallout from fixing bug #7587.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
112057
diff
changeset
|
2127 otherwise @code{mode-line-inactive}. If @var{face} is @code{nil} or |
9546b9e764b9
More fallout from fixing bug #7587.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
112057
diff
changeset
|
2128 omitted, that stands for the default face. If @var{face} is an integer, |
9546b9e764b9
More fallout from fixing bug #7587.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
112057
diff
changeset
|
2129 the value returned by this function will have no text properties. |
84089 | 2130 |
112057
60e7c5827df3
Fallout from fixing bug #7587.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
111918
diff
changeset
|
2131 You can also specify other valid faces as the value of @var{face}. |
112075
9546b9e764b9
More fallout from fixing bug #7587.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
112057
diff
changeset
|
2132 If specified, that face provides the @code{face} property for characters |
9546b9e764b9
More fallout from fixing bug #7587.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
112057
diff
changeset
|
2133 whose face is not specified by @var{format}. |
112057
60e7c5827df3
Fallout from fixing bug #7587.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
111918
diff
changeset
|
2134 |
60e7c5827df3
Fallout from fixing bug #7587.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
111918
diff
changeset
|
2135 Note that using @code{mode-line}, @code{mode-line-inactive}, or |
60e7c5827df3
Fallout from fixing bug #7587.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
111918
diff
changeset
|
2136 @code{header-line} as @var{face} will actually redisplay the mode line |
60e7c5827df3
Fallout from fixing bug #7587.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
111918
diff
changeset
|
2137 or the header line, respectively, using the current definitions of the |
60e7c5827df3
Fallout from fixing bug #7587.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
111918
diff
changeset
|
2138 corresponding face, in addition to returning the formatted string. |
60e7c5827df3
Fallout from fixing bug #7587.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
111918
diff
changeset
|
2139 (Other faces do not cause redisplay.) |
60e7c5827df3
Fallout from fixing bug #7587.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
111918
diff
changeset
|
2140 |
84089 | 2141 For example, @code{(format-mode-line header-line-format)} returns the |
2142 text that would appear in the selected window's header line (@code{""} | |
2143 if it has no header line). @code{(format-mode-line header-line-format | |
2144 'header-line)} returns the same text, with each character | |
112057
60e7c5827df3
Fallout from fixing bug #7587.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
111918
diff
changeset
|
2145 carrying the face that it will have in the header line itself, and also |
60e7c5827df3
Fallout from fixing bug #7587.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
111918
diff
changeset
|
2146 redraws the header line. |
84089 | 2147 @end defun |
2148 | |
2149 @node Imenu | |
2150 @section Imenu | |
2151 | |
2152 @cindex Imenu | |
2153 @dfn{Imenu} is a feature that lets users select a definition or | |
2154 section in the buffer, from a menu which lists all of them, to go | |
2155 directly to that location in the buffer. Imenu works by constructing | |
2156 a buffer index which lists the names and buffer positions of the | |
2157 definitions, or other named portions of the buffer; then the user can | |
2158 choose one of them and move point to it. Major modes can add a menu | |
2159 bar item to use Imenu using @code{imenu-add-to-menubar}. | |
2160 | |
2161 @defun imenu-add-to-menubar name | |
2162 This function defines a local menu bar item named @var{name} | |
2163 to run Imenu. | |
2164 @end defun | |
2165 | |
2166 The user-level commands for using Imenu are described in the Emacs | |
2167 Manual (@pxref{Imenu,, Imenu, emacs, the Emacs Manual}). This section | |
2168 explains how to customize Imenu's method of finding definitions or | |
2169 buffer portions for a particular major mode. | |
2170 | |
2171 The usual and simplest way is to set the variable | |
2172 @code{imenu-generic-expression}: | |
2173 | |
2174 @defvar imenu-generic-expression | |
2175 This variable, if non-@code{nil}, is a list that specifies regular | |
2176 expressions for finding definitions for Imenu. Simple elements of | |
2177 @code{imenu-generic-expression} look like this: | |
2178 | |
2179 @example | |
2180 (@var{menu-title} @var{regexp} @var{index}) | |
2181 @end example | |
2182 | |
2183 Here, if @var{menu-title} is non-@code{nil}, it says that the matches | |
2184 for this element should go in a submenu of the buffer index; | |
2185 @var{menu-title} itself specifies the name for the submenu. If | |
2186 @var{menu-title} is @code{nil}, the matches for this element go directly | |
2187 in the top level of the buffer index. | |
2188 | |
2189 The second item in the list, @var{regexp}, is a regular expression | |
2190 (@pxref{Regular Expressions}); anything in the buffer that it matches | |
2191 is considered a definition, something to mention in the buffer index. | |
2192 The third item, @var{index}, is a non-negative integer that indicates | |
2193 which subexpression in @var{regexp} matches the definition's name. | |
2194 | |
2195 An element can also look like this: | |
2196 | |
2197 @example | |
2198 (@var{menu-title} @var{regexp} @var{index} @var{function} @var{arguments}@dots{}) | |
2199 @end example | |
2200 | |
2201 Each match for this element creates an index item, and when the index | |
2202 item is selected by the user, it calls @var{function} with arguments | |
2203 consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and @var{arguments}. | |
2204 | |
2205 For Emacs Lisp mode, @code{imenu-generic-expression} could look like | |
2206 this: | |
2207 | |
2208 @c should probably use imenu-syntax-alist and \\sw rather than [-A-Za-z0-9+] | |
2209 @example | |
2210 @group | |
2211 ((nil "^\\s-*(def\\(un\\|subst\\|macro\\|advice\\)\ | |
2212 \\s-+\\([-A-Za-z0-9+]+\\)" 2) | |
2213 @end group | |
2214 @group | |
2215 ("*Vars*" "^\\s-*(def\\(var\\|const\\)\ | |
2216 \\s-+\\([-A-Za-z0-9+]+\\)" 2) | |
2217 @end group | |
2218 @group | |
2219 ("*Types*" | |
2220 "^\\s-*\ | |
2221 (def\\(type\\|struct\\|class\\|ine-condition\\)\ | |
2222 \\s-+\\([-A-Za-z0-9+]+\\)" 2)) | |
2223 @end group | |
2224 @end example | |
2225 | |
2226 Setting this variable makes it buffer-local in the current buffer. | |
2227 @end defvar | |
2228 | |
2229 @defvar imenu-case-fold-search | |
2230 This variable controls whether matching against the regular | |
2231 expressions in the value of @code{imenu-generic-expression} is | |
2232 case-sensitive: @code{t}, the default, means matching should ignore | |
2233 case. | |
2234 | |
2235 Setting this variable makes it buffer-local in the current buffer. | |
2236 @end defvar | |
2237 | |
2238 @defvar imenu-syntax-alist | |
2239 This variable is an alist of syntax table modifiers to use while | |
2240 processing @code{imenu-generic-expression}, to override the syntax table | |
2241 of the current buffer. Each element should have this form: | |
2242 | |
2243 @example | |
2244 (@var{characters} . @var{syntax-description}) | |
2245 @end example | |
2246 | |
2247 The @sc{car}, @var{characters}, can be either a character or a string. | |
2248 The element says to give that character or characters the syntax | |
2249 specified by @var{syntax-description}, which is passed to | |
2250 @code{modify-syntax-entry} (@pxref{Syntax Table Functions}). | |
2251 | |
2252 This feature is typically used to give word syntax to characters which | |
2253 normally have symbol syntax, and thus to simplify | |
2254 @code{imenu-generic-expression} and speed up matching. | |
2255 For example, Fortran mode uses it this way: | |
2256 | |
2257 @example | |
2258 (setq imenu-syntax-alist '(("_$" . "w"))) | |
2259 @end example | |
2260 | |
2261 The @code{imenu-generic-expression} regular expressions can then use | |
2262 @samp{\\sw+} instead of @samp{\\(\\sw\\|\\s_\\)+}. Note that this | |
2263 technique may be inconvenient when the mode needs to limit the initial | |
2264 character of a name to a smaller set of characters than are allowed in | |
2265 the rest of a name. | |
2266 | |
2267 Setting this variable makes it buffer-local in the current buffer. | |
2268 @end defvar | |
2269 | |
2270 Another way to customize Imenu for a major mode is to set the | |
2271 variables @code{imenu-prev-index-position-function} and | |
2272 @code{imenu-extract-index-name-function}: | |
2273 | |
2274 @defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function | |
2275 If this variable is non-@code{nil}, its value should be a function that | |
2276 finds the next ``definition'' to put in the buffer index, scanning | |
2277 backward in the buffer from point. It should return @code{nil} if it | |
2278 doesn't find another ``definition'' before point. Otherwise it should | |
2279 leave point at the place it finds a ``definition'' and return any | |
2280 non-@code{nil} value. | |
2281 | |
2282 Setting this variable makes it buffer-local in the current buffer. | |
2283 @end defvar | |
2284 | |
2285 @defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function | |
2286 If this variable is non-@code{nil}, its value should be a function to | |
2287 return the name for a definition, assuming point is in that definition | |
2288 as the @code{imenu-prev-index-position-function} function would leave | |
2289 it. | |
2290 | |
2291 Setting this variable makes it buffer-local in the current buffer. | |
2292 @end defvar | |
2293 | |
2294 The last way to customize Imenu for a major mode is to set the | |
2295 variable @code{imenu-create-index-function}: | |
2296 | |
2297 @defvar imenu-create-index-function | |
2298 This variable specifies the function to use for creating a buffer | |
2299 index. The function should take no arguments, and return an index | |
2300 alist for the current buffer. It is called within | |
2301 @code{save-excursion}, so where it leaves point makes no difference. | |
2302 | |
2303 The index alist can have three types of elements. Simple elements | |
2304 look like this: | |
2305 | |
2306 @example | |
2307 (@var{index-name} . @var{index-position}) | |
2308 @end example | |
2309 | |
2310 Selecting a simple element has the effect of moving to position | |
2311 @var{index-position} in the buffer. Special elements look like this: | |
2312 | |
2313 @example | |
2314 (@var{index-name} @var{index-position} @var{function} @var{arguments}@dots{}) | |
2315 @end example | |
2316 | |
2317 Selecting a special element performs: | |
2318 | |
2319 @example | |
2320 (funcall @var{function} | |
2321 @var{index-name} @var{index-position} @var{arguments}@dots{}) | |
2322 @end example | |
2323 | |
2324 A nested sub-alist element looks like this: | |
2325 | |
2326 @example | |
2327 (@var{menu-title} @var{sub-alist}) | |
2328 @end example | |
2329 | |
2330 It creates the submenu @var{menu-title} specified by @var{sub-alist}. | |
2331 | |
2332 The default value of @code{imenu-create-index-function} is | |
2333 @code{imenu-default-create-index-function}. This function calls the | |
2334 value of @code{imenu-prev-index-position-function} and the value of | |
2335 @code{imenu-extract-index-name-function} to produce the index alist. | |
2336 However, if either of these two variables is @code{nil}, the default | |
2337 function uses @code{imenu-generic-expression} instead. | |
2338 | |
2339 Setting this variable makes it buffer-local in the current buffer. | |
2340 @end defvar | |
2341 | |
2342 @node Font Lock Mode | |
2343 @section Font Lock Mode | |
2344 @cindex Font Lock mode | |
2345 | |
2346 @dfn{Font Lock mode} is a feature that automatically attaches | |
2347 @code{face} properties to certain parts of the buffer based on their | |
2348 syntactic role. How it parses the buffer depends on the major mode; | |
2349 most major modes define syntactic criteria for which faces to use in | |
2350 which contexts. This section explains how to customize Font Lock for a | |
2351 particular major mode. | |
2352 | |
2353 Font Lock mode finds text to highlight in two ways: through | |
2354 syntactic parsing based on the syntax table, and through searching | |
2355 (usually for regular expressions). Syntactic fontification happens | |
2356 first; it finds comments and string constants and highlights them. | |
2357 Search-based fontification happens second. | |
2358 | |
2359 @menu | |
2360 * Font Lock Basics:: Overview of customizing Font Lock. | |
2361 * Search-based Fontification:: Fontification based on regexps. | |
2362 * Customizing Keywords:: Customizing search-based fontification. | |
2363 * Other Font Lock Variables:: Additional customization facilities. | |
2364 * Levels of Font Lock:: Each mode can define alternative levels | |
2365 so that the user can select more or less. | |
111887
0eb10986b8f2
* doc/lispref/backups.texi (Making Backups):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
109948
diff
changeset
|
2366 * Precalculated Fontification:: How Lisp programs that produce the buffer |
84089 | 2367 contents can also specify how to fontify it. |
2368 * Faces for Font Lock:: Special faces specifically for Font Lock. | |
2369 * Syntactic Font Lock:: Fontification based on syntax tables. | |
2370 * Setting Syntax Properties:: Defining character syntax based on context | |
2371 using the Font Lock mechanism. | |
2372 * Multiline Font Lock:: How to coerce Font Lock into properly | |
2373 highlighting multiline constructs. | |
2374 @end menu | |
2375 | |
2376 @node Font Lock Basics | |
2377 @subsection Font Lock Basics | |
2378 | |
2379 There are several variables that control how Font Lock mode highlights | |
2380 text. But major modes should not set any of these variables directly. | |
2381 Instead, they should set @code{font-lock-defaults} as a buffer-local | |
2382 variable. The value assigned to this variable is used, if and when Font | |
2383 Lock mode is enabled, to set all the other variables. | |
2384 | |
2385 @defvar font-lock-defaults | |
2386 This variable is set by major modes, as a buffer-local variable, to | |
2387 specify how to fontify text in that mode. It automatically becomes | |
2388 buffer-local when you set it. If its value is @code{nil}, Font-Lock | |
2389 mode does no highlighting, and you can use the @samp{Faces} menu | |
2390 (under @samp{Edit} and then @samp{Text Properties} in the menu bar) to | |
2391 assign faces explicitly to text in the buffer. | |
2392 | |
2393 If non-@code{nil}, the value should look like this: | |
2394 | |
2395 @example | |
2396 (@var{keywords} [@var{keywords-only} [@var{case-fold} | |
2397 [@var{syntax-alist} [@var{syntax-begin} @var{other-vars}@dots{}]]]]) | |
2398 @end example | |
2399 | |
2400 The first element, @var{keywords}, indirectly specifies the value of | |
2401 @code{font-lock-keywords} which directs search-based fontification. | |
2402 It can be a symbol, a variable or a function whose value is the list | |
2403 to use for @code{font-lock-keywords}. It can also be a list of | |
2404 several such symbols, one for each possible level of fontification. | |
100386
fae812e295b4
(Font Lock Basics): Fix level description. (Bug#1534)
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
99965
diff
changeset
|
2405 The first symbol specifies the @samp{mode default} level of |
fae812e295b4
(Font Lock Basics): Fix level description. (Bug#1534)
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
99965
diff
changeset
|
2406 fontification, the next symbol level 1 fontification, the next level 2, |
fae812e295b4
(Font Lock Basics): Fix level description. (Bug#1534)
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
99965
diff
changeset
|
2407 and so on. The @samp{mode default} level is normally the same as level |
fae812e295b4
(Font Lock Basics): Fix level description. (Bug#1534)
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
99965
diff
changeset
|
2408 1. It is used when @code{font-lock-maximum-decoration} has a @code{nil} |
fae812e295b4
(Font Lock Basics): Fix level description. (Bug#1534)
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
99965
diff
changeset
|
2409 value. @xref{Levels of Font Lock}. |
84089 | 2410 |
2411 The second element, @var{keywords-only}, specifies the value of the | |
2412 variable @code{font-lock-keywords-only}. If this is omitted or | |
2413 @code{nil}, syntactic fontification (of strings and comments) is also | |
2414 performed. If this is non-@code{nil}, such fontification is not | |
2415 performed. @xref{Syntactic Font Lock}. | |
2416 | |
2417 The third element, @var{case-fold}, specifies the value of | |
2418 @code{font-lock-keywords-case-fold-search}. If it is non-@code{nil}, | |
2419 Font Lock mode ignores case when searching as directed by | |
2420 @code{font-lock-keywords}. | |
2421 | |
2422 If the fourth element, @var{syntax-alist}, is non-@code{nil}, it | |
2423 should be a list of cons cells of the form @code{(@var{char-or-string} | |
2424 . @var{string})}. These are used to set up a syntax table for | |
2425 syntactic fontification (@pxref{Syntax Table Functions}). The | |
2426 resulting syntax table is stored in @code{font-lock-syntax-table}. | |
2427 | |
2428 The fifth element, @var{syntax-begin}, specifies the value of | |
2429 @code{font-lock-beginning-of-syntax-function}. We recommend setting | |
2430 this variable to @code{nil} and using @code{syntax-begin-function} | |
2431 instead. | |
2432 | |
2433 All the remaining elements (if any) are collectively called | |
2434 @var{other-vars}. Each of these elements should have the form | |
2435 @code{(@var{variable} . @var{value})}---which means, make | |
2436 @var{variable} buffer-local and then set it to @var{value}. You can | |
2437 use these @var{other-vars} to set other variables that affect | |
2438 fontification, aside from those you can control with the first five | |
2439 elements. @xref{Other Font Lock Variables}. | |
2440 @end defvar | |
2441 | |
2442 If your mode fontifies text explicitly by adding | |
2443 @code{font-lock-face} properties, it can specify @code{(nil t)} for | |
2444 @code{font-lock-defaults} to turn off all automatic fontification. | |
2445 However, this is not required; it is possible to fontify some things | |
2446 using @code{font-lock-face} properties and set up automatic | |
2447 fontification for other parts of the text. | |
2448 | |
2449 @node Search-based Fontification | |
2450 @subsection Search-based Fontification | |
2451 | |
2452 The most important variable for customizing Font Lock mode is | |
2453 @code{font-lock-keywords}. It specifies the search criteria for | |
2454 search-based fontification. You should specify the value of this | |
2455 variable with @var{keywords} in @code{font-lock-defaults}. | |
2456 | |
2457 @defvar font-lock-keywords | |
2458 This variable's value is a list of the keywords to highlight. Be | |
2459 careful when composing regular expressions for this list; a poorly | |
2460 written pattern can dramatically slow things down! | |
2461 @end defvar | |
2462 | |
2463 Each element of @code{font-lock-keywords} specifies how to find | |
2464 certain cases of text, and how to highlight those cases. Font Lock mode | |
2465 processes the elements of @code{font-lock-keywords} one by one, and for | |
2466 each element, it finds and handles all matches. Ordinarily, once | |
2467 part of the text has been fontified already, this cannot be overridden | |
2468 by a subsequent match in the same text; but you can specify different | |
2469 behavior using the @var{override} element of a @var{subexp-highlighter}. | |
2470 | |
2471 Each element of @code{font-lock-keywords} should have one of these | |
2472 forms: | |
2473 | |
2474 @table @code | |
2475 @item @var{regexp} | |
2476 Highlight all matches for @var{regexp} using | |
2477 @code{font-lock-keyword-face}. For example, | |
2478 | |
2479 @example | |
2480 ;; @r{Highlight occurrences of the word @samp{foo}} | |
2481 ;; @r{using @code{font-lock-keyword-face}.} | |
2482 "\\<foo\\>" | |
2483 @end example | |
2484 | |
2485 The function @code{regexp-opt} (@pxref{Regexp Functions}) is useful | |
2486 for calculating optimal regular expressions to match a number of | |
2487 different keywords. | |
2488 | |
2489 @item @var{function} | |
2490 Find text by calling @var{function}, and highlight the matches | |
2491 it finds using @code{font-lock-keyword-face}. | |
2492 | |
2493 When @var{function} is called, it receives one argument, the limit of | |
2494 the search; it should begin searching at point, and not search beyond the | |
2495 limit. It should return non-@code{nil} if it succeeds, and set the | |
2496 match data to describe the match that was found. Returning @code{nil} | |
2497 indicates failure of the search. | |
2498 | |
2499 Fontification will call @var{function} repeatedly with the same limit, | |
2500 and with point where the previous invocation left it, until | |
2501 @var{function} fails. On failure, @var{function} need not reset point | |
2502 in any particular way. | |
2503 | |
2504 @item (@var{matcher} . @var{subexp}) | |
2505 In this kind of element, @var{matcher} is either a regular | |
2506 expression or a function, as described above. The @sc{cdr}, | |
2507 @var{subexp}, specifies which subexpression of @var{matcher} should be | |
2508 highlighted (instead of the entire text that @var{matcher} matched). | |
2509 | |
2510 @example | |
2511 ;; @r{Highlight the @samp{bar} in each occurrence of @samp{fubar},} | |
2512 ;; @r{using @code{font-lock-keyword-face}.} | |
2513 ("fu\\(bar\\)" . 1) | |
2514 @end example | |
2515 | |
2516 If you use @code{regexp-opt} to produce the regular expression | |
2517 @var{matcher}, you can use @code{regexp-opt-depth} (@pxref{Regexp | |
2518 Functions}) to calculate the value for @var{subexp}. | |
2519 | |
2520 @item (@var{matcher} . @var{facespec}) | |
2521 In this kind of element, @var{facespec} is an expression whose value | |
2522 specifies the face to use for highlighting. In the simplest case, | |
2523 @var{facespec} is a Lisp variable (a symbol) whose value is a face | |
2524 name. | |
2525 | |
2526 @example | |
2527 ;; @r{Highlight occurrences of @samp{fubar},} | |
2528 ;; @r{using the face which is the value of @code{fubar-face}.} | |
2529 ("fubar" . fubar-face) | |
2530 @end example | |
2531 | |
2532 However, @var{facespec} can also evaluate to a list of this form: | |
2533 | |
2534 @example | |
2535 (face @var{face} @var{prop1} @var{val1} @var{prop2} @var{val2}@dots{}) | |
2536 @end example | |
2537 | |
2538 @noindent | |
2539 to specify the face @var{face} and various additional text properties | |
2540 to put on the text that matches. If you do this, be sure to add the | |
2541 other text property names that you set in this way to the value of | |
2542 @code{font-lock-extra-managed-props} so that the properties will also | |
2543 be cleared out when they are no longer appropriate. Alternatively, | |
2544 you can set the variable @code{font-lock-unfontify-region-function} to | |
2545 a function that clears these properties. @xref{Other Font Lock | |
2546 Variables}. | |
2547 | |
2548 @item (@var{matcher} . @var{subexp-highlighter}) | |
2549 In this kind of element, @var{subexp-highlighter} is a list | |
2550 which specifies how to highlight matches found by @var{matcher}. | |
2551 It has the form: | |
2552 | |
2553 @example | |
101567
1a1c4c8eb2c8
(Search-based Fontification): Correct a typo.
Alan Mackenzie <acm@muc.de>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2554 (@var{subexp} @var{facespec} [@var{override} [@var{laxmatch}]]) |
84089 | 2555 @end example |
2556 | |
2557 The @sc{car}, @var{subexp}, is an integer specifying which subexpression | |
2558 of the match to fontify (0 means the entire matching text). The second | |
2559 subelement, @var{facespec}, is an expression whose value specifies the | |
2560 face, as described above. | |
2561 | |
2562 The last two values in @var{subexp-highlighter}, @var{override} and | |
2563 @var{laxmatch}, are optional flags. If @var{override} is @code{t}, | |
2564 this element can override existing fontification made by previous | |
2565 elements of @code{font-lock-keywords}. If it is @code{keep}, then | |
2566 each character is fontified if it has not been fontified already by | |
2567 some other element. If it is @code{prepend}, the face specified by | |
2568 @var{facespec} is added to the beginning of the @code{font-lock-face} | |
2569 property. If it is @code{append}, the face is added to the end of the | |
2570 @code{font-lock-face} property. | |
2571 | |
2572 If @var{laxmatch} is non-@code{nil}, it means there should be no error | |
2573 if there is no subexpression numbered @var{subexp} in @var{matcher}. | |
2574 Obviously, fontification of the subexpression numbered @var{subexp} will | |
2575 not occur. However, fontification of other subexpressions (and other | |
2576 regexps) will continue. If @var{laxmatch} is @code{nil}, and the | |
2577 specified subexpression is missing, then an error is signaled which | |
2578 terminates search-based fontification. | |
2579 | |
2580 Here are some examples of elements of this kind, and what they do: | |
2581 | |
2582 @smallexample | |
2583 ;; @r{Highlight occurrences of either @samp{foo} or @samp{bar}, using} | |
2584 ;; @r{@code{foo-bar-face}, even if they have already been highlighted.} | |
2585 ;; @r{@code{foo-bar-face} should be a variable whose value is a face.} | |
2586 ("foo\\|bar" 0 foo-bar-face t) | |
2587 | |
2588 ;; @r{Highlight the first subexpression within each occurrence} | |
2589 ;; @r{that the function @code{fubar-match} finds,} | |
2590 ;; @r{using the face which is the value of @code{fubar-face}.} | |
2591 (fubar-match 1 fubar-face) | |
2592 @end smallexample | |
2593 | |
2594 @item (@var{matcher} . @var{anchored-highlighter}) | |
2595 In this kind of element, @var{anchored-highlighter} specifies how to | |
2596 highlight text that follows a match found by @var{matcher}. So a | |
2597 match found by @var{matcher} acts as the anchor for further searches | |
2598 specified by @var{anchored-highlighter}. @var{anchored-highlighter} | |
2599 is a list of the following form: | |
2600 | |
2601 @example | |
2602 (@var{anchored-matcher} @var{pre-form} @var{post-form} | |
2603 @var{subexp-highlighters}@dots{}) | |
2604 @end example | |
2605 | |
2606 Here, @var{anchored-matcher}, like @var{matcher}, is either a regular | |
2607 expression or a function. After a match of @var{matcher} is found, | |
2608 point is at the end of the match. Now, Font Lock evaluates the form | |
2609 @var{pre-form}. Then it searches for matches of | |
2610 @var{anchored-matcher} and uses @var{subexp-highlighters} to highlight | |
2611 these. A @var{subexp-highlighter} is as described above. Finally, | |
2612 Font Lock evaluates @var{post-form}. | |
2613 | |
2614 The forms @var{pre-form} and @var{post-form} can be used to initialize | |
2615 before, and cleanup after, @var{anchored-matcher} is used. Typically, | |
2616 @var{pre-form} is used to move point to some position relative to the | |
2617 match of @var{matcher}, before starting with @var{anchored-matcher}. | |
2618 @var{post-form} might be used to move back, before resuming with | |
2619 @var{matcher}. | |
2620 | |
2621 After Font Lock evaluates @var{pre-form}, it does not search for | |
2622 @var{anchored-matcher} beyond the end of the line. However, if | |
2623 @var{pre-form} returns a buffer position that is greater than the | |
2624 position of point after @var{pre-form} is evaluated, then the position | |
2625 returned by @var{pre-form} is used as the limit of the search instead. | |
2626 It is generally a bad idea to return a position greater than the end | |
2627 of the line; in other words, the @var{anchored-matcher} search should | |
2628 not span lines. | |
2629 | |
2630 For example, | |
2631 | |
2632 @smallexample | |
2633 ;; @r{Highlight occurrences of the word @samp{item} following} | |
2634 ;; @r{an occurrence of the word @samp{anchor} (on the same line)} | |
2635 ;; @r{in the value of @code{item-face}.} | |
2636 ("\\<anchor\\>" "\\<item\\>" nil nil (0 item-face)) | |
2637 @end smallexample | |
2638 | |
2639 Here, @var{pre-form} and @var{post-form} are @code{nil}. Therefore | |
2640 searching for @samp{item} starts at the end of the match of | |
2641 @samp{anchor}, and searching for subsequent instances of @samp{anchor} | |
2642 resumes from where searching for @samp{item} concluded. | |
2643 | |
2644 @item (@var{matcher} @var{highlighters}@dots{}) | |
2645 This sort of element specifies several @var{highlighter} lists for a | |
2646 single @var{matcher}. A @var{highlighter} list can be of the type | |
2647 @var{subexp-highlighter} or @var{anchored-highlighter} as described | |
2648 above. | |
2649 | |
2650 For example, | |
2651 | |
2652 @smallexample | |
2653 ;; @r{Highlight occurrences of the word @samp{anchor} in the value} | |
2654 ;; @r{of @code{anchor-face}, and subsequent occurrences of the word} | |
2655 ;; @r{@samp{item} (on the same line) in the value of @code{item-face}.} | |
2656 ("\\<anchor\\>" (0 anchor-face) | |
2657 ("\\<item\\>" nil nil (0 item-face))) | |
2658 @end smallexample | |
2659 | |
2660 @item (eval . @var{form}) | |
2661 Here @var{form} is an expression to be evaluated the first time | |
2662 this value of @code{font-lock-keywords} is used in a buffer. | |
2663 Its value should have one of the forms described in this table. | |
2664 @end table | |
2665 | |
2666 @strong{Warning:} Do not design an element of @code{font-lock-keywords} | |
2667 to match text which spans lines; this does not work reliably. | |
2668 For details, see @xref{Multiline Font Lock}. | |
2669 | |
2670 You can use @var{case-fold} in @code{font-lock-defaults} to specify | |
2671 the value of @code{font-lock-keywords-case-fold-search} which says | |
2672 whether search-based fontification should be case-insensitive. | |
2673 | |
2674 @defvar font-lock-keywords-case-fold-search | |
2675 Non-@code{nil} means that regular expression matching for the sake of | |
2676 @code{font-lock-keywords} should be case-insensitive. | |
2677 @end defvar | |
2678 | |
2679 @node Customizing Keywords | |
2680 @subsection Customizing Search-Based Fontification | |
2681 | |
2682 You can use @code{font-lock-add-keywords} to add additional | |
2683 search-based fontification rules to a major mode, and | |
102151
328f4b370b74
Remove duplicate words.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
101567
diff
changeset
|
2684 @code{font-lock-remove-keywords} to remove rules. |
84089 | 2685 |
2686 @defun font-lock-add-keywords mode keywords &optional how | |
2687 This function adds highlighting @var{keywords}, for the current buffer | |
2688 or for major mode @var{mode}. The argument @var{keywords} should be a | |
2689 list with the same format as the variable @code{font-lock-keywords}. | |
2690 | |
2691 If @var{mode} is a symbol which is a major mode command name, such as | |
2692 @code{c-mode}, the effect is that enabling Font Lock mode in | |
2693 @var{mode} will add @var{keywords} to @code{font-lock-keywords}. | |
2694 Calling with a non-@code{nil} value of @var{mode} is correct only in | |
2695 your @file{~/.emacs} file. | |
2696 | |
2697 If @var{mode} is @code{nil}, this function adds @var{keywords} to | |
2698 @code{font-lock-keywords} in the current buffer. This way of calling | |
2699 @code{font-lock-add-keywords} is usually used in mode hook functions. | |
2700 | |
2701 By default, @var{keywords} are added at the beginning of | |
2702 @code{font-lock-keywords}. If the optional argument @var{how} is | |
2703 @code{set}, they are used to replace the value of | |
2704 @code{font-lock-keywords}. If @var{how} is any other non-@code{nil} | |
2705 value, they are added at the end of @code{font-lock-keywords}. | |
2706 | |
2707 Some modes provide specialized support you can use in additional | |
2708 highlighting patterns. See the variables | |
2709 @code{c-font-lock-extra-types}, @code{c++-font-lock-extra-types}, | |
2710 and @code{java-font-lock-extra-types}, for example. | |
2711 | |
2712 @strong{Warning:} major mode functions must not call | |
2713 @code{font-lock-add-keywords} under any circumstances, either directly | |
2714 or indirectly, except through their mode hooks. (Doing so would lead | |
2715 to incorrect behavior for some minor modes.) They should set up their | |
2716 rules for search-based fontification by setting | |
2717 @code{font-lock-keywords}. | |
2718 @end defun | |
2719 | |
2720 @defun font-lock-remove-keywords mode keywords | |
2721 This function removes @var{keywords} from @code{font-lock-keywords} | |
2722 for the current buffer or for major mode @var{mode}. As in | |
2723 @code{font-lock-add-keywords}, @var{mode} should be a major mode | |
2724 command name or @code{nil}. All the caveats and requirements for | |
2725 @code{font-lock-add-keywords} apply here too. | |
2726 @end defun | |
2727 | |
2728 For example, this code | |
2729 | |
2730 @smallexample | |
2731 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode | |
2732 '(("\\<\\(FIXME\\):" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend) | |
2733 ("\\<\\(and\\|or\\|not\\)\\>" . font-lock-keyword-face))) | |
2734 @end smallexample | |
2735 | |
2736 @noindent | |
2737 adds two fontification patterns for C mode: one to fontify the word | |
2738 @samp{FIXME}, even in comments, and another to fontify the words | |
2739 @samp{and}, @samp{or} and @samp{not} as keywords. | |
2740 | |
2741 @noindent | |
2742 That example affects only C mode proper. To add the same patterns to | |
2743 C mode @emph{and} all modes derived from it, do this instead: | |
2744 | |
2745 @smallexample | |
2746 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook | |
2747 (lambda () | |
2748 (font-lock-add-keywords nil | |
2749 '(("\\<\\(FIXME\\):" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend) | |
2750 ("\\<\\(and\\|or\\|not\\)\\>" . | |
2751 font-lock-keyword-face))))) | |
2752 @end smallexample | |
2753 | |
2754 @node Other Font Lock Variables | |
2755 @subsection Other Font Lock Variables | |
2756 | |
2757 This section describes additional variables that a major mode can | |
2758 set by means of @var{other-vars} in @code{font-lock-defaults} | |
2759 (@pxref{Font Lock Basics}). | |
2760 | |
2761 @defvar font-lock-mark-block-function | |
2762 If this variable is non-@code{nil}, it should be a function that is | |
2763 called with no arguments, to choose an enclosing range of text for | |
2764 refontification for the command @kbd{M-o M-o} | |
2765 (@code{font-lock-fontify-block}). | |
2766 | |
2767 The function should report its choice by placing the region around it. | |
2768 A good choice is a range of text large enough to give proper results, | |
2769 but not too large so that refontification becomes slow. Typical values | |
2770 are @code{mark-defun} for programming modes or @code{mark-paragraph} for | |
2771 textual modes. | |
2772 @end defvar | |
2773 | |
2774 @defvar font-lock-extra-managed-props | |
2775 This variable specifies additional properties (other than | |
2776 @code{font-lock-face}) that are being managed by Font Lock mode. It | |
2777 is used by @code{font-lock-default-unfontify-region}, which normally | |
2778 only manages the @code{font-lock-face} property. If you want Font | |
2779 Lock to manage other properties as well, you must specify them in a | |
2780 @var{facespec} in @code{font-lock-keywords} as well as add them to | |
2781 this list. @xref{Search-based Fontification}. | |
2782 @end defvar | |
2783 | |
2784 @defvar font-lock-fontify-buffer-function | |
2785 Function to use for fontifying the buffer. The default value is | |
2786 @code{font-lock-default-fontify-buffer}. | |
2787 @end defvar | |
2788 | |
2789 @defvar font-lock-unfontify-buffer-function | |
2790 Function to use for unfontifying the buffer. This is used when | |
2791 turning off Font Lock mode. The default value is | |
2792 @code{font-lock-default-unfontify-buffer}. | |
2793 @end defvar | |
2794 | |
2795 @defvar font-lock-fontify-region-function | |
2796 Function to use for fontifying a region. It should take two | |
2797 arguments, the beginning and end of the region, and an optional third | |
2798 argument @var{verbose}. If @var{verbose} is non-@code{nil}, the | |
2799 function should print status messages. The default value is | |
2800 @code{font-lock-default-fontify-region}. | |
2801 @end defvar | |
2802 | |
2803 @defvar font-lock-unfontify-region-function | |
2804 Function to use for unfontifying a region. It should take two | |
2805 arguments, the beginning and end of the region. The default value is | |
2806 @code{font-lock-default-unfontify-region}. | |
2807 @end defvar | |
2808 | |
99694
7d1d2a142ab5
(Other Font Lock Variables): Document jit-lock-register and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98729
diff
changeset
|
2809 @defun jit-lock-register function &optional contextual |
7d1d2a142ab5
(Other Font Lock Variables): Document jit-lock-register and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98729
diff
changeset
|
2810 This function tells Font Lock mode to run the Lisp function |
7d1d2a142ab5
(Other Font Lock Variables): Document jit-lock-register and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98729
diff
changeset
|
2811 @var{function} any time it has to fontify or refontify part of the |
7d1d2a142ab5
(Other Font Lock Variables): Document jit-lock-register and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98729
diff
changeset
|
2812 current buffer. It calls @var{function} before calling the default |
7d1d2a142ab5
(Other Font Lock Variables): Document jit-lock-register and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98729
diff
changeset
|
2813 fontification functions, and gives it two arguments, @var{start} and |
7d1d2a142ab5
(Other Font Lock Variables): Document jit-lock-register and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98729
diff
changeset
|
2814 @var{end}, which specify the region to be fontified or refontified. |
7d1d2a142ab5
(Other Font Lock Variables): Document jit-lock-register and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98729
diff
changeset
|
2815 |
7d1d2a142ab5
(Other Font Lock Variables): Document jit-lock-register and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98729
diff
changeset
|
2816 The optional argument @var{contextual}, if non-@code{nil}, forces Font |
7d1d2a142ab5
(Other Font Lock Variables): Document jit-lock-register and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98729
diff
changeset
|
2817 Lock mode to always refontify a syntactically relevant part of the |
7d1d2a142ab5
(Other Font Lock Variables): Document jit-lock-register and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98729
diff
changeset
|
2818 buffer, and not just the modified lines. This argument can usually be |
7d1d2a142ab5
(Other Font Lock Variables): Document jit-lock-register and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98729
diff
changeset
|
2819 omitted. |
7d1d2a142ab5
(Other Font Lock Variables): Document jit-lock-register and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98729
diff
changeset
|
2820 @end defun |
7d1d2a142ab5
(Other Font Lock Variables): Document jit-lock-register and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98729
diff
changeset
|
2821 |
7d1d2a142ab5
(Other Font Lock Variables): Document jit-lock-register and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98729
diff
changeset
|
2822 @defun jit-lock-unregister function |
7d1d2a142ab5
(Other Font Lock Variables): Document jit-lock-register and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98729
diff
changeset
|
2823 If @var{function} was previously registered as a fontification |
7d1d2a142ab5
(Other Font Lock Variables): Document jit-lock-register and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98729
diff
changeset
|
2824 function using @code{jit-lock-register}, this function unregisters it. |
7d1d2a142ab5
(Other Font Lock Variables): Document jit-lock-register and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98729
diff
changeset
|
2825 @end defun |
84089 | 2826 |
2827 @node Levels of Font Lock | |
2828 @subsection Levels of Font Lock | |
2829 | |
2830 Many major modes offer three different levels of fontification. You | |
2831 can define multiple levels by using a list of symbols for @var{keywords} | |
2832 in @code{font-lock-defaults}. Each symbol specifies one level of | |
100386
fae812e295b4
(Font Lock Basics): Fix level description. (Bug#1534)
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
99965
diff
changeset
|
2833 fontification; it is up to the user to choose one of these levels, |
fae812e295b4
(Font Lock Basics): Fix level description. (Bug#1534)
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
99965
diff
changeset
|
2834 normally by setting @code{font-lock-maximum-decoration} (@pxref{Font |
fae812e295b4
(Font Lock Basics): Fix level description. (Bug#1534)
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
99965
diff
changeset
|
2835 Lock,,, emacs, the GNU Emacs Manual}). The chosen level's symbol |
fae812e295b4
(Font Lock Basics): Fix level description. (Bug#1534)
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
99965
diff
changeset
|
2836 value is used to initialize @code{font-lock-keywords}. |
84089 | 2837 |
2838 Here are the conventions for how to define the levels of | |
2839 fontification: | |
2840 | |
2841 @itemize @bullet | |
2842 @item | |
2843 Level 1: highlight function declarations, file directives (such as include or | |
2844 import directives), strings and comments. The idea is speed, so only | |
2845 the most important and top-level components are fontified. | |
2846 | |
2847 @item | |
2848 Level 2: in addition to level 1, highlight all language keywords, | |
2849 including type names that act like keywords, as well as named constant | |
2850 values. The idea is that all keywords (either syntactic or semantic) | |
2851 should be fontified appropriately. | |
2852 | |
2853 @item | |
2854 Level 3: in addition to level 2, highlight the symbols being defined in | |
2855 function and variable declarations, and all builtin function names, | |
2856 wherever they appear. | |
2857 @end itemize | |
2858 | |
2859 @node Precalculated Fontification | |
2860 @subsection Precalculated Fontification | |
2861 | |
103238
074577abd4d1
* modes.texi (Precalculated Fontification): Clarify text.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
102775
diff
changeset
|
2862 Some major modes such as @code{list-buffers} and @code{occur} |
074577abd4d1
* modes.texi (Precalculated Fontification): Clarify text.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
102775
diff
changeset
|
2863 construct the buffer text programmatically. The easiest way for them |
074577abd4d1
* modes.texi (Precalculated Fontification): Clarify text.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
102775
diff
changeset
|
2864 to support Font Lock mode is to specify the faces of text when they |
074577abd4d1
* modes.texi (Precalculated Fontification): Clarify text.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
102775
diff
changeset
|
2865 insert the text in the buffer. |
074577abd4d1
* modes.texi (Precalculated Fontification): Clarify text.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
102775
diff
changeset
|
2866 |
074577abd4d1
* modes.texi (Precalculated Fontification): Clarify text.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
102775
diff
changeset
|
2867 The way to do this is to specify the faces in the text with the |
074577abd4d1
* modes.texi (Precalculated Fontification): Clarify text.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
102775
diff
changeset
|
2868 special text property @code{font-lock-face} (@pxref{Special |
074577abd4d1
* modes.texi (Precalculated Fontification): Clarify text.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
102775
diff
changeset
|
2869 Properties}). When Font Lock mode is enabled, this property controls |
074577abd4d1
* modes.texi (Precalculated Fontification): Clarify text.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
102775
diff
changeset
|
2870 the display, just like the @code{face} property. When Font Lock mode |
074577abd4d1
* modes.texi (Precalculated Fontification): Clarify text.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
102775
diff
changeset
|
2871 is disabled, @code{font-lock-face} has no effect on the display. |
074577abd4d1
* modes.texi (Precalculated Fontification): Clarify text.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
102775
diff
changeset
|
2872 |
074577abd4d1
* modes.texi (Precalculated Fontification): Clarify text.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
102775
diff
changeset
|
2873 It is ok for a mode to use @code{font-lock-face} for some text and |
074577abd4d1
* modes.texi (Precalculated Fontification): Clarify text.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
102775
diff
changeset
|
2874 also use the normal Font Lock machinery. But if the mode does not use |
074577abd4d1
* modes.texi (Precalculated Fontification): Clarify text.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
102775
diff
changeset
|
2875 the normal Font Lock machinery, it should not set the variable |
074577abd4d1
* modes.texi (Precalculated Fontification): Clarify text.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
102775
diff
changeset
|
2876 @code{font-lock-defaults}. |
84089 | 2877 |
2878 @node Faces for Font Lock | |
2879 @subsection Faces for Font Lock | |
2880 @cindex faces for font lock | |
2881 @cindex font lock faces | |
2882 | |
2883 You can make Font Lock mode use any face, but several faces are | |
2884 defined specifically for Font Lock mode. Each of these symbols is both | |
2885 a face name, and a variable whose default value is the symbol itself. | |
2886 Thus, the default value of @code{font-lock-comment-face} is | |
2887 @code{font-lock-comment-face}. This means you can write | |
2888 @code{font-lock-comment-face} in a context such as | |
2889 @code{font-lock-keywords} where a face-name-valued expression is used. | |
2890 | |
2891 @table @code | |
2892 @item font-lock-comment-face | |
2893 @vindex font-lock-comment-face | |
2894 Used (typically) for comments. | |
2895 | |
2896 @item font-lock-comment-delimiter-face | |
2897 @vindex font-lock-comment-delimiter-face | |
2898 Used (typically) for comments delimiters. | |
2899 | |
2900 @item font-lock-doc-face | |
2901 @vindex font-lock-doc-face | |
2902 Used (typically) for documentation strings in the code. | |
2903 | |
2904 @item font-lock-string-face | |
2905 @vindex font-lock-string-face | |
2906 Used (typically) for string constants. | |
2907 | |
2908 @item font-lock-keyword-face | |
2909 @vindex font-lock-keyword-face | |
2910 Used (typically) for keywords---names that have special syntactic | |
2911 significance, like @code{for} and @code{if} in C. | |
2912 | |
2913 @item font-lock-builtin-face | |
2914 @vindex font-lock-builtin-face | |
2915 Used (typically) for built-in function names. | |
2916 | |
2917 @item font-lock-function-name-face | |
2918 @vindex font-lock-function-name-face | |
2919 Used (typically) for the name of a function being defined or declared, | |
2920 in a function definition or declaration. | |
2921 | |
2922 @item font-lock-variable-name-face | |
2923 @vindex font-lock-variable-name-face | |
2924 Used (typically) for the name of a variable being defined or declared, | |
2925 in a variable definition or declaration. | |
2926 | |
2927 @item font-lock-type-face | |
2928 @vindex font-lock-type-face | |
2929 Used (typically) for names of user-defined data types, | |
2930 where they are defined and where they are used. | |
2931 | |
2932 @item font-lock-constant-face | |
2933 @vindex font-lock-constant-face | |
2934 Used (typically) for constant names. | |
2935 | |
2936 @item font-lock-preprocessor-face | |
2937 @vindex font-lock-preprocessor-face | |
2938 Used (typically) for preprocessor commands. | |
2939 | |
2940 @item font-lock-negation-char-face | |
2941 @vindex font-lock-negation-char-face | |
2942 Used (typically) for easily-overlooked negation characters. | |
2943 | |
2944 @item font-lock-warning-face | |
2945 @vindex font-lock-warning-face | |
2946 Used (typically) for constructs that are peculiar, or that greatly | |
2947 change the meaning of other text. For example, this is used for | |
2948 @samp{;;;###autoload} cookies in Emacs Lisp, and for @code{#error} | |
2949 directives in C. | |
2950 @end table | |
2951 | |
2952 @node Syntactic Font Lock | |
2953 @subsection Syntactic Font Lock | |
2954 @cindex syntactic font lock | |
2955 | |
2956 Syntactic fontification uses the syntax table to find comments and | |
2957 string constants (@pxref{Syntax Tables}). It highlights them using | |
2958 @code{font-lock-comment-face} and @code{font-lock-string-face} | |
2959 (@pxref{Faces for Font Lock}), or whatever | |
2960 @code{font-lock-syntactic-face-function} chooses. There are several | |
2961 variables that affect syntactic fontification; you should set them by | |
2962 means of @code{font-lock-defaults} (@pxref{Font Lock Basics}). | |
2963 | |
2964 @defvar font-lock-keywords-only | |
2965 Non-@code{nil} means Font Lock should not do syntactic fontification; | |
2966 it should only fontify based on @code{font-lock-keywords}. The normal | |
2967 way for a mode to set this variable to @code{t} is with | |
2968 @var{keywords-only} in @code{font-lock-defaults}. | |
2969 @end defvar | |
2970 | |
2971 @defvar font-lock-syntax-table | |
2972 This variable holds the syntax table to use for fontification of | |
2973 comments and strings. Specify it using @var{syntax-alist} in | |
2974 @code{font-lock-defaults}. If this is @code{nil}, fontification uses | |
2975 the buffer's syntax table. | |
2976 @end defvar | |
2977 | |
2978 @defvar font-lock-beginning-of-syntax-function | |
2979 If this variable is non-@code{nil}, it should be a function to move | |
2980 point back to a position that is syntactically at ``top level'' and | |
2981 outside of strings or comments. Font Lock uses this when necessary | |
2982 to get the right results for syntactic fontification. | |
2983 | |
2984 This function is called with no arguments. It should leave point at | |
2985 the beginning of any enclosing syntactic block. Typical values are | |
2986 @code{beginning-of-line} (used when the start of the line is known to | |
2987 be outside a syntactic block), or @code{beginning-of-defun} for | |
2988 programming modes, or @code{backward-paragraph} for textual modes. | |
2989 | |
2990 If the value is @code{nil}, Font Lock uses | |
2991 @code{syntax-begin-function} to move back outside of any comment, | |
2992 string, or sexp. This variable is semi-obsolete; we recommend setting | |
2993 @code{syntax-begin-function} instead. | |
2994 | |
2995 Specify this variable using @var{syntax-begin} in | |
2996 @code{font-lock-defaults}. | |
2997 @end defvar | |
2998 | |
2999 @defvar font-lock-syntactic-face-function | |
3000 A function to determine which face to use for a given syntactic | |
3001 element (a string or a comment). The function is called with one | |
3002 argument, the parse state at point returned by | |
3003 @code{parse-partial-sexp}, and should return a face. The default | |
3004 value returns @code{font-lock-comment-face} for comments and | |
3005 @code{font-lock-string-face} for strings. | |
3006 | |
3007 This can be used to highlighting different kinds of strings or | |
3008 comments differently. It is also sometimes abused together with | |
3009 @code{font-lock-syntactic-keywords} to highlight constructs that span | |
3010 multiple lines, but this is too esoteric to document here. | |
3011 | |
3012 Specify this variable using @var{other-vars} in | |
3013 @code{font-lock-defaults}. | |
3014 @end defvar | |
3015 | |
3016 @node Setting Syntax Properties | |
3017 @subsection Setting Syntax Properties | |
3018 | |
3019 Font Lock mode can be used to update @code{syntax-table} properties | |
3020 automatically (@pxref{Syntax Properties}). This is useful in | |
3021 languages for which a single syntax table by itself is not sufficient. | |
3022 | |
3023 @defvar font-lock-syntactic-keywords | |
3024 This variable enables and controls updating @code{syntax-table} | |
3025 properties by Font Lock. Its value should be a list of elements of | |
3026 this form: | |
3027 | |
3028 @example | |
3029 (@var{matcher} @var{subexp} @var{syntax} @var{override} @var{laxmatch}) | |
3030 @end example | |
3031 | |
3032 The parts of this element have the same meanings as in the corresponding | |
3033 sort of element of @code{font-lock-keywords}, | |
3034 | |
3035 @example | |
3036 (@var{matcher} @var{subexp} @var{facespec} @var{override} @var{laxmatch}) | |
3037 @end example | |
3038 | |
3039 However, instead of specifying the value @var{facespec} to use for the | |
3040 @code{face} property, it specifies the value @var{syntax} to use for | |
3041 the @code{syntax-table} property. Here, @var{syntax} can be a string | |
3042 (as taken by @code{modify-syntax-entry}), a syntax table, a cons cell | |
3043 (as returned by @code{string-to-syntax}), or an expression whose value | |
3044 is one of those two types. @var{override} cannot be @code{prepend} or | |
3045 @code{append}. | |
3046 | |
3047 For example, an element of the form: | |
3048 | |
3049 @example | |
3050 ("\\$\\(#\\)" 1 ".") | |
3051 @end example | |
3052 | |
3053 highlights syntactically a hash character when following a dollar | |
3054 character, with a SYNTAX of @code{"."} (meaning punctuation syntax). | |
3055 Assuming that the buffer syntax table specifies hash characters to | |
3056 have comment start syntax, the element will only highlight hash | |
3057 characters that do not follow dollar characters as comments | |
3058 syntactically. | |
3059 | |
3060 An element of the form: | |
3061 | |
3062 @example | |
3063 ("\\('\\).\\('\\)" | |
3064 (1 "\"") | |
3065 (2 "\"")) | |
3066 @end example | |
3067 | |
3068 highlights syntactically both single quotes which surround a single | |
3069 character, with a SYNTAX of @code{"\""} (meaning string quote syntax). | |
3070 Assuming that the buffer syntax table does not specify single quotes | |
3071 to have quote syntax, the element will only highlight single quotes of | |
3072 the form @samp{'@var{c}'} as strings syntactically. Other forms, such | |
3073 as @samp{foo'bar} or @samp{'fubar'}, will not be highlighted as | |
3074 strings. | |
3075 | |
3076 Major modes normally set this variable with @var{other-vars} in | |
3077 @code{font-lock-defaults}. | |
3078 @end defvar | |
3079 | |
3080 @node Multiline Font Lock | |
3081 @subsection Multiline Font Lock Constructs | |
3082 @cindex multiline font lock | |
3083 | |
3084 Normally, elements of @code{font-lock-keywords} should not match | |
3085 across multiple lines; that doesn't work reliably, because Font Lock | |
3086 usually scans just part of the buffer, and it can miss a multi-line | |
3087 construct that crosses the line boundary where the scan starts. (The | |
3088 scan normally starts at the beginning of a line.) | |
3089 | |
3090 Making elements that match multiline constructs work properly has | |
3091 two aspects: correct @emph{identification} and correct | |
3092 @emph{rehighlighting}. The first means that Font Lock finds all | |
3093 multiline constructs. The second means that Font Lock will correctly | |
3094 rehighlight all the relevant text when a multiline construct is | |
3095 changed---for example, if some of the text that was previously part of | |
3096 a multiline construct ceases to be part of it. The two aspects are | |
3097 closely related, and often getting one of them to work will appear to | |
3098 make the other also work. However, for reliable results you must | |
3099 attend explicitly to both aspects. | |
3100 | |
3101 There are three ways to ensure correct identification of multiline | |
3102 constructs: | |
3103 | |
3104 @itemize | |
3105 @item | |
3106 Add a function to @code{font-lock-extend-region-functions} that does | |
3107 the @emph{identification} and extends the scan so that the scanned | |
3108 text never starts or ends in the middle of a multiline construct. | |
3109 @item | |
3110 Use the @code{font-lock-fontify-region-function} hook similarly to | |
3111 extend the scan so that the scanned text never starts or ends in the | |
3112 middle of a multiline construct. | |
3113 @item | |
3114 Somehow identify the multiline construct right when it gets inserted | |
3115 into the buffer (or at any point after that but before font-lock | |
3116 tries to highlight it), and mark it with a @code{font-lock-multiline} | |
3117 which will instruct font-lock not to start or end the scan in the | |
3118 middle of the construct. | |
3119 @end itemize | |
3120 | |
3121 There are three ways to do rehighlighting of multiline constructs: | |
3122 | |
3123 @itemize | |
3124 @item | |
3125 Place a @code{font-lock-multiline} property on the construct. This | |
3126 will rehighlight the whole construct if any part of it is changed. In | |
3127 some cases you can do this automatically by setting the | |
3128 @code{font-lock-multiline} variable, which see. | |
3129 @item | |
3130 Make sure @code{jit-lock-contextually} is set and rely on it doing its | |
3131 job. This will only rehighlight the part of the construct that | |
3132 follows the actual change, and will do it after a short delay. | |
3133 This only works if the highlighting of the various parts of your | |
3134 multiline construct never depends on text in subsequent lines. | |
3135 Since @code{jit-lock-contextually} is activated by default, this can | |
3136 be an attractive solution. | |
3137 @item | |
3138 Place a @code{jit-lock-defer-multiline} property on the construct. | |
3139 This works only if @code{jit-lock-contextually} is used, and with the | |
3140 same delay before rehighlighting, but like @code{font-lock-multiline}, | |
3141 it also handles the case where highlighting depends on | |
3142 subsequent lines. | |
3143 @end itemize | |
3144 | |
3145 @menu | |
103821
6595a0b7f418
(Multiline Font Lock): End menu description with period.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103273
diff
changeset
|
3146 * Font Lock Multiline:: Marking multiline chunks with a text property. |
84089 | 3147 * Region to Fontify:: Controlling which region gets refontified |
3148 after a buffer change. | |
3149 @end menu | |
3150 | |
3151 @node Font Lock Multiline | |
3152 @subsubsection Font Lock Multiline | |
3153 | |
3154 One way to ensure reliable rehighlighting of multiline Font Lock | |
3155 constructs is to put on them the text property @code{font-lock-multiline}. | |
3156 It should be present and non-@code{nil} for text that is part of a | |
3157 multiline construct. | |
3158 | |
3159 When Font Lock is about to highlight a range of text, it first | |
3160 extends the boundaries of the range as necessary so that they do not | |
3161 fall within text marked with the @code{font-lock-multiline} property. | |
3162 Then it removes any @code{font-lock-multiline} properties from the | |
3163 range, and highlights it. The highlighting specification (mostly | |
3164 @code{font-lock-keywords}) must reinstall this property each time, | |
3165 whenever it is appropriate. | |
3166 | |
3167 @strong{Warning:} don't use the @code{font-lock-multiline} property | |
3168 on large ranges of text, because that will make rehighlighting slow. | |
3169 | |
3170 @defvar font-lock-multiline | |
3171 If the @code{font-lock-multiline} variable is set to @code{t}, Font | |
3172 Lock will try to add the @code{font-lock-multiline} property | |
3173 automatically on multiline constructs. This is not a universal | |
3174 solution, however, since it slows down Font Lock somewhat. It can | |
3175 miss some multiline constructs, or make the property larger or smaller | |
3176 than necessary. | |
3177 | |
3178 For elements whose @var{matcher} is a function, the function should | |
3179 ensure that submatch 0 covers the whole relevant multiline construct, | |
3180 even if only a small subpart will be highlighted. It is often just as | |
3181 easy to add the @code{font-lock-multiline} property by hand. | |
3182 @end defvar | |
3183 | |
3184 The @code{font-lock-multiline} property is meant to ensure proper | |
3185 refontification; it does not automatically identify new multiline | |
3186 constructs. Identifying the requires that Font-Lock operate on large | |
3187 enough chunks at a time. This will happen by accident on many cases, | |
3188 which may give the impression that multiline constructs magically work. | |
3189 If you set the @code{font-lock-multiline} variable non-@code{nil}, | |
3190 this impression will be even stronger, since the highlighting of those | |
3191 constructs which are found will be properly updated from then on. | |
3192 But that does not work reliably. | |
3193 | |
3194 To find multiline constructs reliably, you must either manually | |
3195 place the @code{font-lock-multiline} property on the text before | |
3196 Font-Lock looks at it, or use | |
3197 @code{font-lock-fontify-region-function}. | |
3198 | |
3199 @node Region to Fontify | |
3200 @subsubsection Region to Fontify after a Buffer Change | |
3201 | |
3202 When a buffer is changed, the region that Font Lock refontifies is | |
3203 by default the smallest sequence of whole lines that spans the change. | |
3204 While this works well most of the time, sometimes it doesn't---for | |
3205 example, when a change alters the syntactic meaning of text on an | |
3206 earlier line. | |
3207 | |
3208 You can enlarge (or even reduce) the region to fontify by setting | |
3209 one the following variables: | |
3210 | |
3211 @defvar font-lock-extend-after-change-region-function | |
3212 This buffer-local variable is either @code{nil} or a function for | |
3213 Font-Lock to call to determine the region to scan and fontify. | |
3214 | |
3215 The function is given three parameters, the standard @var{beg}, | |
3216 @var{end}, and @var{old-len} from after-change-functions | |
3217 (@pxref{Change Hooks}). It should return either a cons of the | |
3218 beginning and end buffer positions (in that order) of the region to | |
3219 fontify, or @code{nil} (which means choose the region in the standard | |
3220 way). This function needs to preserve point, the match-data, and the | |
3221 current restriction. The region it returns may start or end in the | |
3222 middle of a line. | |
3223 | |
3224 Since this function is called after every buffer change, it should be | |
3225 reasonably fast. | |
3226 @end defvar | |
3227 | |
111918
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3228 @node Auto-Indentation |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3229 @section Auto-indention of code |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3230 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3231 For programming languages, an important feature of a major mode is to |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3232 provide automatic indentation. This is controlled in Emacs by |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3233 @code{indent-line-function} (@pxref{Mode-Specific Indent}). |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3234 Writing a good indentation function can be difficult and to a large |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3235 extent it is still a black art. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3236 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3237 Many major mode authors will start by writing a simple indentation |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3238 function that works for simple cases, for example by comparing with the |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3239 indentation of the previous text line. For most programming languages |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3240 that are not really line-based, this tends to scale very poorly: |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3241 improving such a function to let it handle more diverse situations tends |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3242 to become more and more difficult, resulting in the end with a large, |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3243 complex, unmaintainable indentation function which nobody dares to touch. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3244 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3245 A good indentation function will usually need to actually parse the |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3246 text, according to the syntax of the language. Luckily, it is not |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3247 necessary to parse the text in as much detail as would be needed |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3248 for a compiler, but on the other hand, the parser embedded in the |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3249 indentation code will want to be somewhat friendly to syntactically |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3250 incorrect code. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3251 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3252 Good maintainable indentation functions usually fall into 2 categories: |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3253 either parsing forward from some ``safe'' starting point until the |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3254 position of interest, or parsing backward from the position of interest. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3255 Neither of the two is a clearly better choice than the other: parsing |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3256 backward is often more difficult than parsing forward because |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3257 programming languages are designed to be parsed forward, but for the |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3258 purpose of indentation it has the advantage of not needing to |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3259 guess a ``safe'' starting point, and it generally enjoys the property |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3260 that only a minimum of text will be analyzed to decide the indentation |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3261 of a line, so indentation will tend to be unaffected by syntax errors in |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3262 some earlier unrelated piece of code. Parsing forward on the other hand |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3263 is usually easier and has the advantage of making it possible to |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3264 reindent efficiently a whole region at a time, with a single parse. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3265 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3266 Rather than write your own indentation function from scratch, it is |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3267 often preferable to try and reuse some existing ones or to rely |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3268 on a generic indentation engine. There are sadly few such |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3269 engines. The CC-mode indentation code (used with C, C++, Java, Awk |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3270 and a few other such modes) has been made more generic over the years, |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3271 so if your language seems somewhat similar to one of those languages, |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3272 you might try to use that engine. @c FIXME: documentation? |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3273 Another one is SMIE which takes an approach in the spirit |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3274 of Lisp sexps and adapts it to non-Lisp languages. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3275 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3276 @menu |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3277 * SMIE:: A simple minded indentation engine |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3278 @end menu |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3279 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3280 @node SMIE |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3281 @subsection Simple Minded Indentation Engine |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3282 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3283 SMIE is a package that provides a generic navigation and indentation |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3284 engine. Based on a very simple parser using an ``operator precedence |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3285 grammar'', it lets major modes extend the sexp-based navigation of Lisp |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3286 to non-Lisp languages as well as provide a simple to use but reliable |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3287 auto-indentation. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3288 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3289 Operator precedence grammar is a very primitive technology for parsing |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3290 compared to some of the more common techniques used in compilers. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3291 It has the following characteristics: its parsing power is very limited, |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3292 and it is largely unable to detect syntax errors, but it has the |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3293 advantage of being algorithmically efficient and able to parse forward |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3294 just as well as backward. In practice that means that SMIE can use it |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3295 for indentation based on backward parsing, that it can provide both |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3296 @code{forward-sexp} and @code{backward-sexp} functionality, and that it |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3297 will naturally work on syntactically incorrect code without any extra |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3298 effort. The downside is that it also means that most programming |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3299 languages cannot be parsed correctly using SMIE, at least not without |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3300 resorting to some special tricks (@pxref{SMIE Tricks}). |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3301 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3302 @menu |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3303 * SMIE setup:: SMIE setup and features |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3304 * Operator Precedence Grammars:: A very simple parsing technique |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3305 * SMIE Grammar:: Defining the grammar of a language |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3306 * SMIE Lexer:: Defining tokens |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3307 * SMIE Tricks:: Working around the parser's limitations |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3308 * SMIE Indentation:: Specifying indentation rules |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3309 * SMIE Indentation Helpers:: Helper functions for indentation rules |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3310 * SMIE Indentation Example:: Sample indentation rules |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3311 @end menu |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3312 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3313 @node SMIE setup |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3314 @subsubsection SMIE Setup and Features |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3315 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3316 SMIE is meant to be a one-stop shop for structural navigation and |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3317 various other features which rely on the syntactic structure of code, in |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3318 particular automatic indentation. The main entry point is |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3319 @code{smie-setup} which is a function typically called while setting |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3320 up a major mode. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3321 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3322 @defun smie-setup grammar rules-function &rest keywords |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3323 Setup SMIE navigation and indentation. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3324 @var{grammar} is a grammar table generated by @code{smie-prec2->grammar}. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3325 @var{rules-function} is a set of indentation rules for use on |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3326 @code{smie-rules-function}. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3327 @var{keywords} are additional arguments, which can include the following |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3328 keywords: |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3329 @itemize |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3330 @item |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3331 @code{:forward-token} @var{fun}: Specify the forward lexer to use. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3332 @item |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3333 @code{:backward-token} @var{fun}: Specify the backward lexer to use. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3334 @end itemize |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3335 @end defun |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3336 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3337 Calling this function is sufficient to make commands such as |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3338 @code{forward-sexp}, @code{backward-sexp}, and @code{transpose-sexps} be |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3339 able to properly handle structural elements other than just the paired |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3340 parentheses already handled by syntax tables. For example, if the |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3341 provided grammar is precise enough, @code{transpose-sexps} can correctly |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3342 transpose the two arguments of a @code{+} operator, taking into account |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3343 the precedence rules of the language. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3344 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3345 Calling `smie-setup' is also sufficient to make TAB indentation work in |
111945
c00190a8c8ef
Merge from emacs-23
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111918
diff
changeset
|
3346 the expected way, extends @code{blink-matching-paren} to apply to |
c00190a8c8ef
Merge from emacs-23
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111918
diff
changeset
|
3347 elements like @code{begin...end}, and provides some commands that you |
c00190a8c8ef
Merge from emacs-23
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111918
diff
changeset
|
3348 can bind in the major mode keymap. |
111918
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3349 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3350 @deffn Command smie-close-block |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3351 This command closes the most recently opened (and not yet closed) block. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3352 @end deffn |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3353 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3354 @deffn Command smie-down-list &optional arg |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3355 This command is like @code{down-list} but it also pays attention to |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3356 nesting of tokens other than parentheses, such as @code{begin...end}. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3357 @end deffn |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3358 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3359 @node Operator Precedence Grammars |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3360 @subsubsection Operator Precedence Grammars |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3361 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3362 SMIE's precedence grammars simply give to each token a pair of |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3363 precedences: the left-precedence and the right-precedence. We say |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3364 @code{T1 < T2} if the right-precedence of token @code{T1} is less than |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3365 the left-precedence of token @code{T2}. A good way to read this |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3366 @code{<} is as a kind of parenthesis: if we find @code{... T1 something |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3367 T2 ...} then that should be parsed as @code{... T1 (something T2 ...} |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3368 rather than as @code{... T1 something) T2 ...}. The latter |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3369 interpretation would be the case if we had @code{T1 > T2}. If we have |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3370 @code{T1 = T2}, it means that token T2 follows token T1 in the same |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3371 syntactic construction, so typically we have @code{"begin" = "end"}. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3372 Such pairs of precedences are sufficient to express left-associativity |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3373 or right-associativity of infix operators, nesting of tokens like |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3374 parentheses and many other cases. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3375 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3376 @c ¡Let's leave this undocumented to leave it more open for change! |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3377 @c @defvar smie-grammar |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3378 @c The value of this variable is an alist specifying the left and right |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3379 @c precedence of each token. It is meant to be initialized by using one of |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3380 @c the functions below. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3381 @c @end defvar |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3382 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3383 @defun smie-prec2->grammar table |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3384 This function takes a @emph{prec2} grammar @var{table} and returns an |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3385 alist suitable for use in @code{smie-setup}. The @emph{prec2} |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3386 @var{table} is itself meant to be built by one of the functions below. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3387 @end defun |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3388 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3389 @defun smie-merge-prec2s &rest tables |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3390 This function takes several @emph{prec2} @var{tables} and merges them |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3391 into a new @emph{prec2} table. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3392 @end defun |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3393 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3394 @defun smie-precs->prec2 precs |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3395 This function builds a @emph{prec2} table from a table of precedences |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3396 @var{precs}. @var{precs} should be a list, sorted by precedence (for |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3397 example @code{"+"} will come before @code{"*"}), of elements of the form |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3398 @code{(@var{assoc} @var{op} ...)}, where each @var{op} is a token that |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3399 acts as an operator; @var{assoc} is their associativity, which can be |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3400 either @code{left}, @code{right}, @code{assoc}, or @code{nonassoc}. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3401 All operators in a given element share the same precedence level |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3402 and associativity. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3403 @end defun |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3404 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3405 @defun smie-bnf->prec2 bnf &rest resolvers |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3406 This function lets you specify the grammar using a BNF notation. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3407 It accepts a @var{bnf} description of the grammar along with a set of |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3408 conflict resolution rules @var{resolvers}, and |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3409 returns a @emph{prec2} table. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3410 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3411 @var{bnf} is a list of nonterminal definitions of the form |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3412 @code{(@var{nonterm} @var{rhs1} @var{rhs2} ...)} where each @var{rhs} |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3413 is a (non-empty) list of terminals (aka tokens) or non-terminals. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3414 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3415 Not all grammars are accepted: |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3416 @itemize |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3417 @item |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3418 An @var{rhs} cannot be an empty list (an empty list is never needed, |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3419 since SMIE allows all non-terminals to match the empty string anyway). |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3420 @item |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3421 An @var{rhs} cannot have 2 consecutive non-terminals: each pair of |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3422 non-terminals needs to be separated by a terminal (aka token). |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3423 This is a fundamental limitation of operator precedence grammars. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3424 @end itemize |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3425 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3426 Additionally, conflicts can occur: |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3427 @itemize |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3428 @item |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3429 The returned @emph{prec2} table holds constraints between pairs of tokens, and |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3430 for any given pair only one constraint can be present: T1 < T2, |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3431 T1 = T2, or T1 > T2. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3432 @item |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3433 A token can be an @code{opener} (something similar to an open-paren), |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3434 a @code{closer} (like a close-paren), or @code{neither} of the two |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3435 (e.g. an infix operator, or an inner token like @code{"else"}). |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3436 @end itemize |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3437 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3438 Precedence conflicts can be resolved via @var{resolvers}, which |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3439 is a list of @emph{precs} tables (see @code{smie-precs->prec2}): for |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3440 each precedence conflict, if those @code{precs} tables |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3441 specify a particular constraint, then the conflict is resolved by using |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3442 this constraint instead, else a conflict is reported and one of the |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3443 conflicting constraints is picked arbitrarily and the others are |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3444 simply ignored. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3445 @end defun |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3446 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3447 @node SMIE Grammar |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3448 @subsubsection Defining the Grammar of a Language |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3449 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3450 The usual way to define the SMIE grammar of a language is by |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3451 defining a new global variable that holds the precedence table by |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3452 giving a set of BNF rules. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3453 For example, the grammar definition for a small Pascal-like language |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3454 could look like: |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3455 @example |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3456 @group |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3457 (require 'smie) |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3458 (defvar sample-smie-grammar |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3459 (smie-prec2->grammar |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3460 (smie-bnf->prec2 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3461 @end group |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3462 @group |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3463 '((id) |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3464 (inst ("begin" insts "end") |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3465 ("if" exp "then" inst "else" inst) |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3466 (id ":=" exp) |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3467 (exp)) |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3468 (insts (insts ";" insts) (inst)) |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3469 (exp (exp "+" exp) |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3470 (exp "*" exp) |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3471 ("(" exps ")")) |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3472 (exps (exps "," exps) (exp))) |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3473 @end group |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3474 @group |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3475 '((assoc ";")) |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3476 '((assoc ",")) |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3477 '((assoc "+") (assoc "*"))))) |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3478 @end group |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3479 @end example |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3480 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3481 @noindent |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3482 A few things to note: |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3483 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3484 @itemize |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3485 @item |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3486 The above grammar does not explicitly mention the syntax of function |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3487 calls: SMIE will automatically allow any sequence of sexps, such as |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3488 identifiers, balanced parentheses, or @code{begin ... end} blocks |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3489 to appear anywhere anyway. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3490 @item |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3491 The grammar category @code{id} has no right hand side: this does not |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3492 mean that it can match only the empty string, since as mentioned any |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3493 sequence of sexps can appear anywhere anyway. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3494 @item |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3495 Because non terminals cannot appear consecutively in the BNF grammar, it |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3496 is difficult to correctly handle tokens that act as terminators, so the |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3497 above grammar treats @code{";"} as a statement @emph{separator} instead, |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3498 which SMIE can handle very well. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3499 @item |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3500 Separators used in sequences (such as @code{","} and @code{";"} above) |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3501 are best defined with BNF rules such as @code{(foo (foo "separator" foo) ...)} |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3502 which generate precedence conflicts which are then resolved by giving |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3503 them an explicit @code{(assoc "separator")}. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3504 @item |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3505 The @code{("(" exps ")")} rule was not needed to pair up parens, since |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3506 SMIE will pair up any characters that are marked as having paren syntax |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3507 in the syntax table. What this rule does instead (together with the |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3508 definition of @code{exps}) is to make it clear that @code{","} should |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3509 not appear outside of parentheses. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3510 @item |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3511 Rather than have a single @emph{precs} table to resolve conflicts, it is |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3512 preferable to have several tables, so as to let the BNF part of the |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3513 grammar specify relative precedences where possible. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3514 @item |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3515 Unless there is a very good reason to prefer @code{left} or |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3516 @code{right}, it is usually preferable to mark operators as associative, |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3517 using @code{assoc}. For that reason @code{"+"} and @code{"*"} are |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3518 defined above as @code{assoc}, although the language defines them |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3519 formally as left associative. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3520 @end itemize |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3521 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3522 @node SMIE Lexer |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3523 @subsubsection Defining Tokens |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3524 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3525 SMIE comes with a predefined lexical analyzer which uses syntax tables |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3526 in the following way: any sequence of characters that have word or |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3527 symbol syntax is considered a token, and so is any sequence of |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3528 characters that have punctuation syntax. This default lexer is |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3529 often a good starting point but is rarely actually correct for any given |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3530 language. For example, it will consider @code{"2,+3"} to be composed |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3531 of 3 tokens: @code{"2"}, @code{",+"}, and @code{"3"}. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3532 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3533 To describe the lexing rules of your language to SMIE, you need |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3534 2 functions, one to fetch the next token, and another to fetch the |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3535 previous token. Those functions will usually first skip whitespace and |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3536 comments and then look at the next chunk of text to see if it |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3537 is a special token. If so it should skip the token and |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3538 return a description of this token. Usually this is simply the string |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3539 extracted from the buffer, but it can be anything you want. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3540 For example: |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3541 @example |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3542 @group |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3543 (defvar sample-keywords-regexp |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3544 (regexp-opt '("+" "*" "," ";" ">" ">=" "<" "<=" ":=" "="))) |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3545 @end group |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3546 @group |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3547 (defun sample-smie-forward-token () |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3548 (forward-comment (point-max)) |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3549 (cond |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3550 ((looking-at sample-keywords-regexp) |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3551 (goto-char (match-end 0)) |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3552 (match-string-no-properties 0)) |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3553 (t (buffer-substring-no-properties |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3554 (point) |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3555 (progn (skip-syntax-forward "w_") |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3556 (point)))))) |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3557 @end group |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3558 @group |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3559 (defun sample-smie-backward-token () |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3560 (forward-comment (- (point))) |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3561 (cond |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3562 ((looking-back sample-keywords-regexp (- (point) 2) t) |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3563 (goto-char (match-beginning 0)) |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3564 (match-string-no-properties 0)) |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3565 (t (buffer-substring-no-properties |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3566 (point) |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3567 (progn (skip-syntax-backward "w_") |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3568 (point)))))) |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3569 @end group |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3570 @end example |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3571 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3572 Notice how those lexers return the empty string when in front of |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3573 parentheses. This is because SMIE automatically takes care of the |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3574 parentheses defined in the syntax table. More specifically if the lexer |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3575 returns nil or an empty string, SMIE tries to handle the corresponding |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3576 text as a sexp according to syntax tables. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3577 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3578 @node SMIE Tricks |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3579 @subsubsection Living With a Weak Parser |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3580 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3581 The parsing technique used by SMIE does not allow tokens to behave |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3582 differently in different contexts. For most programming languages, this |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3583 manifests itself by precedence conflicts when converting the |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3584 BNF grammar. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3585 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3586 Sometimes, those conflicts can be worked around by expressing the |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3587 grammar slightly differently. For example, for Modula-2 it might seem |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3588 natural to have a BNF grammar that looks like this: |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3589 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3590 @example |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3591 ... |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3592 (inst ("IF" exp "THEN" insts "ELSE" insts "END") |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3593 ("CASE" exp "OF" cases "END") |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3594 ...) |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3595 (cases (cases "|" cases) (caselabel ":" insts) ("ELSE" insts)) |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3596 ... |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3597 @end example |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3598 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3599 But this will create conflicts for @code{"ELSE"}: on the one hand, the |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3600 IF rule implies (among many other things) that @code{"ELSE" = "END"}; |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3601 but on the other hand, since @code{"ELSE"} appears within @code{cases}, |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3602 which appears left of @code{"END"}, we also have @code{"ELSE" > "END"}. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3603 We can solve the conflict either by using: |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3604 @example |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3605 ... |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3606 (inst ("IF" exp "THEN" insts "ELSE" insts "END") |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3607 ("CASE" exp "OF" cases "END") |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3608 ("CASE" exp "OF" cases "ELSE" insts "END") |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3609 ...) |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3610 (cases (cases "|" cases) (caselabel ":" insts)) |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3611 ... |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3612 @end example |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3613 or |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3614 @example |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3615 ... |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3616 (inst ("IF" exp "THEN" else "END") |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3617 ("CASE" exp "OF" cases "END") |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3618 ...) |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3619 (else (insts "ELSE" insts)) |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3620 (cases (cases "|" cases) (caselabel ":" insts) (else)) |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3621 ... |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3622 @end example |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3623 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3624 Reworking the grammar to try and solve conflicts has its downsides, tho, |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3625 because SMIE assumes that the grammar reflects the logical structure of |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3626 the code, so it is preferable to keep the BNF closer to the intended |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3627 abstract syntax tree. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3628 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3629 Other times, after careful consideration you may conclude that those |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3630 conflicts are not serious and simply resolve them via the |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3631 @var{resolvers} argument of @code{smie-bnf->prec2}. Usually this is |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3632 because the grammar is simply ambiguous: the conflict does not affect |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3633 the set of programs described by the grammar, but only the way those |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3634 programs are parsed. This is typically the case for separators and |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3635 associative infix operators, where you want to add a resolver like |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3636 @code{'((assoc "|"))}. Another case where this can happen is for the |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3637 classic @emph{dangling else} problem, where you will use @code{'((assoc |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3638 "else" "then"))}. It can also happen for cases where the conflict is |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3639 real and cannot really be resolved, but it is unlikely to pose a problem |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3640 in practice. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3641 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3642 Finally, in many cases some conflicts will remain despite all efforts to |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3643 restructure the grammar. Do not despair: while the parser cannot be |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3644 made more clever, you can make the lexer as smart as you want. So, the |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3645 solution is then to look at the tokens involved in the conflict and to |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3646 split one of those tokens into 2 (or more) different tokens. E.g. if |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3647 the grammar needs to distinguish between two incompatible uses of the |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3648 token @code{"begin"}, make the lexer return different tokens (say |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3649 @code{"begin-fun"} and @code{"begin-plain"}) depending on which kind of |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3650 @code{"begin"} it finds. This pushes the work of distinguishing the |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3651 different cases to the lexer, which will thus have to look at the |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3652 surrounding text to find ad-hoc clues. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3653 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3654 @node SMIE Indentation |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3655 @subsubsection Specifying Indentation Rules |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3656 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3657 Based on the provided grammar, SMIE will be able to provide automatic |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3658 indentation without any extra effort. But in practice, this default |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3659 indentation style will probably not be good enough. You will want to |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3660 tweak it in many different cases. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3661 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3662 SMIE indentation is based on the idea that indentation rules should be |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3663 as local as possible. To this end, it relies on the idea of |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3664 @emph{virtual} indentation, which is the indentation that a particular |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3665 program point would have if it were at the beginning of a line. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3666 Of course, if that program point is indeed at the beginning of a line, |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3667 its virtual indentation is its current indentation. But if not, then |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3668 SMIE uses the indentation algorithm to compute the virtual indentation |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3669 of that point. Now in practice, the virtual indentation of a program |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3670 point does not have to be identical to the indentation it would have if |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3671 we inserted a newline before it. To see how this works, the SMIE rule |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3672 for indentation after a @code{@{} in C does not care whether the |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3673 @code{@{} is standing on a line of its own or is at the end of the |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3674 preceding line. Instead, these different cases are handled in the |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3675 indentation rule that decides how to indent before a @code{@{}. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3676 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3677 Another important concept is the notion of @emph{parent}: The |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3678 @emph{parent} of a token, is the head token of the nearest enclosing |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3679 syntactic construct. For example, the parent of an @code{else} is the |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3680 @code{if} to which it belongs, and the parent of an @code{if}, in turn, |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3681 is the lead token of the surrounding construct. The command |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3682 @code{backward-sexp} jumps from a token to its parent, but there are |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3683 some caveats: for @emph{openers} (tokens which start a construct, like |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3684 @code{if}), you need to start with point before the token, while for |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3685 others you need to start with point after the token. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3686 @code{backward-sexp} stops with point before the parent token if that is |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3687 the @emph{opener} of the token of interest, and otherwise it stops with |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3688 point after the parent token. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3689 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3690 SMIE indentation rules are specified using a function that takes two |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3691 arguments @var{method} and @var{arg} where the meaning of @var{arg} and the |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3692 expected return value depend on @var{method}. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3693 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3694 @var{method} can be: |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3695 @itemize |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3696 @item |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3697 @code{:after}, in which case @var{arg} is a token and the function |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3698 should return the @var{offset} to use for indentation after @var{arg}. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3699 @item |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3700 @code{:before}, in which case @var{arg} is a token and the function |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3701 should return the @var{offset} to use to indent @var{arg} itself. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3702 @item |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3703 @code{:elem}, in which case the function should return either the offset |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3704 to use to indent function arguments (if @var{arg} is the symbol |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3705 @code{arg}) or the basic indentation step (if @var{arg} is the symbol |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3706 @code{basic}). |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3707 @item |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3708 @code{:list-intro}, in which case @var{arg} is a token and the function |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3709 should return non-@code{nil} if the token is followed by a list of |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3710 expressions (not separated by any token) rather than an expression. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3711 @end itemize |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3712 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3713 When @var{arg} is a token, the function is called with point just before |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3714 that token. A return value of nil always means to fallback on the |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3715 default behavior, so the function should return nil for arguments it |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3716 does not expect. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3717 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3718 @var{offset} can be: |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3719 @itemize |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3720 @item |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3721 @code{nil}: use the default indentation rule. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3722 @item |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3723 @code{(column . @var{column})}: indent to column @var{column}. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3724 @item |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3725 @var{number}: offset by @var{number}, relative to a base token which is |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3726 the current token for @code{:after} and its parent for @code{:before}. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3727 @end itemize |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3728 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3729 @node SMIE Indentation Helpers |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3730 @subsubsection Helper Functions for Indentation Rules |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3731 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3732 SMIE provides various functions designed specifically for use in the |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3733 indentation rules function (several of those functions break if used in |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3734 another context). These functions all start with the prefix |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3735 @code{smie-rule-}. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3736 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3737 @defun smie-rule-bolp |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3738 Return non-@code{nil} if the current token is the first on the line. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3739 @end defun |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3740 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3741 @defun smie-rule-hanging-p |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3742 Return non-@code{nil} if the current token is @emph{hanging}. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3743 A token is @emph{hanging} if it is the last token on the line |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3744 and if it is preceded by other tokens: a lone token on a line is not |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3745 hanging. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3746 @end defun |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3747 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3748 @defun smie-rule-next-p &rest tokens |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3749 Return non-@code{nil} if the next token is among @var{tokens}. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3750 @end defun |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3751 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3752 @defun smie-rule-prev-p &rest tokens |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3753 Return non-@code{nil} if the previous token is among @var{tokens}. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3754 @end defun |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3755 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3756 @defun smie-rule-parent-p &rest parents |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3757 Return non-@code{nil} if the current token's parent is among @var{parents}. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3758 @end defun |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3759 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3760 @defun smie-rule-sibling-p |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3761 Return non-nil if the current token's parent is actually a sibling. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3762 This is the case for example when the parent of a @code{","} is just the |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3763 previous @code{","}. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3764 @end defun |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3765 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3766 @defun smie-rule-parent &optional offset |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3767 Return the proper offset to align the current token with the parent. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3768 If non-@code{nil}, @var{offset} should be an integer giving an |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3769 additional offset to apply. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3770 @end defun |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3771 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3772 @defun smie-rule-separator method |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3773 Indent current token as a @emph{separator}. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3774 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3775 By @emph{separator}, we mean here a token whose sole purpose is to |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3776 separate various elements within some enclosing syntactic construct, and |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3777 which does not have any semantic significance in itself (i.e. it would |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3778 typically not exist as a node in an abstract syntax tree). |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3779 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3780 Such a token is expected to have an associative syntax and be closely |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3781 tied to its syntactic parent. Typical examples are @code{","} in lists |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3782 of arguments (enclosed inside parentheses), or @code{";"} in sequences |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3783 of instructions (enclosed in a @code{@{...@}} or @code{begin...end} |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3784 block). |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3785 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3786 @var{method} should be the method name that was passed to |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3787 `smie-rules-function'. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3788 @end defun |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3789 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3790 @node SMIE Indentation Example |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3791 @subsubsection Sample Indentation Rules |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3792 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3793 Here is an example of an indentation function: |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3794 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3795 @example |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3796 (defun sample-smie-rules (kind token) |
111945
c00190a8c8ef
Merge from emacs-23
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111918
diff
changeset
|
3797 (pcase (cons kind token) |
c00190a8c8ef
Merge from emacs-23
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111918
diff
changeset
|
3798 (`(:elem . basic) sample-indent-basic) |
c00190a8c8ef
Merge from emacs-23
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111918
diff
changeset
|
3799 (`(,_ . ",") (smie-rule-separator kind)) |
c00190a8c8ef
Merge from emacs-23
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111918
diff
changeset
|
3800 (`(:after . ":=") sample-indent-basic) |
c00190a8c8ef
Merge from emacs-23
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111918
diff
changeset
|
3801 (`(:before . ,(or `"begin" `"(" `"@{"))) |
c00190a8c8ef
Merge from emacs-23
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111918
diff
changeset
|
3802 (if (smie-rule-hanging-p) (smie-rule-parent))) |
c00190a8c8ef
Merge from emacs-23
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111918
diff
changeset
|
3803 (`(:before . "if") |
c00190a8c8ef
Merge from emacs-23
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111918
diff
changeset
|
3804 (and (not (smie-rule-bolp)) (smie-rule-prev-p "else") |
c00190a8c8ef
Merge from emacs-23
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111918
diff
changeset
|
3805 (smie-rule-parent))))) |
111918
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3806 @end example |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3807 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3808 @noindent |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3809 A few things to note: |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3810 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3811 @itemize |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3812 @item |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3813 The first case indicates the basic indentation increment to use. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3814 If @code{sample-indent-basic} is nil, then SMIE uses the global |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3815 setting @code{smie-indent-basic}. The major mode could have set |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3816 @code{smie-indent-basic} buffer-locally instead, but that |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3817 is discouraged. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3818 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3819 @item |
111945
c00190a8c8ef
Merge from emacs-23
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111918
diff
changeset
|
3820 The rule for the token @code{","} make SMIE try to be more clever when |
c00190a8c8ef
Merge from emacs-23
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111918
diff
changeset
|
3821 the comma separator is placed at the beginning of lines. It tries to |
c00190a8c8ef
Merge from emacs-23
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111918
diff
changeset
|
3822 outdent the separator so as to align the code after the comma; for |
c00190a8c8ef
Merge from emacs-23
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111918
diff
changeset
|
3823 example: |
111918
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3824 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3825 @example |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3826 x = longfunctionname ( |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3827 arg1 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3828 , arg2 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3829 ); |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3830 @end example |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3831 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3832 @item |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3833 The rule for indentation after @code{":="} exists because otherwise |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3834 SMIE would treat @code{":="} as an infix operator and would align the |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3835 right argument with the left one. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3836 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3837 @item |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3838 The rule for indentation before @code{"begin"} is an example of the use |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3839 of virtual indentation: This rule is used only when @code{"begin"} is |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3840 hanging, which can happen only when @code{"begin"} is not at the |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3841 beginning of a line. So this is not used when indenting |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3842 @code{"begin"} itself but only when indenting something relative to this |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3843 @code{"begin"}. Concretely, this rule changes the indentation from: |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3844 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3845 @example |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3846 if x > 0 then begin |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3847 dosomething(x); |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3848 end |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3849 @end example |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3850 to |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3851 @example |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3852 if x > 0 then begin |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3853 dosomething(x); |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3854 end |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3855 @end example |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3856 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3857 @item |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3858 The rule for indentation before @code{"if"} is similar to the one for |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3859 @code{"begin"}, but where the purpose is to treat @code{"else if"} |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3860 as a single unit, so as to align a sequence of tests rather than indent |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3861 each test further to the right. This function does this only in the |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3862 case where the @code{"if"} is not placed on a separate line, hence the |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3863 @code{smie-rule-bolp} test. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3864 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3865 If we know that the @code{"else"} is always aligned with its @code{"if"} |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3866 and is always at the beginning of a line, we can use a more efficient |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3867 rule: |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3868 @example |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3869 ((equal token "if") |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3870 (and (not (smie-rule-bolp)) (smie-rule-prev-p "else") |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3871 (save-excursion |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3872 (sample-smie-backward-token) ;Jump before the "else". |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3873 (cons 'column (current-column))))) |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3874 @end example |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3875 |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3876 The advantage of this formulation is that it reuses the indentation of |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3877 the previous @code{"else"}, rather than going all the way back to the |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3878 first @code{"if"} of the sequence. |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3879 @end itemize |
e71e87e08d5f
* doc/lispref/modes.texi (Auto-Indentation): New section to document SMIE.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111887
diff
changeset
|
3880 |
84089 | 3881 @node Desktop Save Mode |
3882 @section Desktop Save Mode | |
3883 @cindex desktop save mode | |
3884 | |
3885 @dfn{Desktop Save Mode} is a feature to save the state of Emacs from | |
3886 one session to another. The user-level commands for using Desktop | |
3887 Save Mode are described in the GNU Emacs Manual (@pxref{Saving Emacs | |
3888 Sessions,,, emacs, the GNU Emacs Manual}). Modes whose buffers visit | |
3889 a file, don't have to do anything to use this feature. | |
3890 | |
3891 For buffers not visiting a file to have their state saved, the major | |
3892 mode must bind the buffer local variable @code{desktop-save-buffer} to | |
3893 a non-@code{nil} value. | |
3894 | |
3895 @defvar desktop-save-buffer | |
3896 If this buffer-local variable is non-@code{nil}, the buffer will have | |
3897 its state saved in the desktop file at desktop save. If the value is | |
3898 a function, it is called at desktop save with argument | |
3899 @var{desktop-dirname}, and its value is saved in the desktop file along | |
3900 with the state of the buffer for which it was called. When file names | |
3901 are returned as part of the auxiliary information, they should be | |
3902 formatted using the call | |
3903 | |
3904 @example | |
3905 (desktop-file-name @var{file-name} @var{desktop-dirname}) | |
3906 @end example | |
3907 | |
3908 @end defvar | |
3909 | |
3910 For buffers not visiting a file to be restored, the major mode must | |
3911 define a function to do the job, and that function must be listed in | |
3912 the alist @code{desktop-buffer-mode-handlers}. | |
3913 | |
3914 @defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers | |
3915 Alist with elements | |
3916 | |
3917 @example | |
3918 (@var{major-mode} . @var{restore-buffer-function}) | |
3919 @end example | |
3920 | |
3921 The function @var{restore-buffer-function} will be called with | |
3922 argument list | |
3923 | |
3924 @example | |
3925 (@var{buffer-file-name} @var{buffer-name} @var{desktop-buffer-misc}) | |
3926 @end example | |
3927 | |
3928 and it should return the restored buffer. | |
3929 Here @var{desktop-buffer-misc} is the value returned by the function | |
3930 optionally bound to @code{desktop-save-buffer}. | |
3931 @end defvar | |
3932 | |
3933 @ignore | |
111887
0eb10986b8f2
* doc/lispref/backups.texi (Making Backups):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
109948
diff
changeset
|
3934 Local Variables: |
0eb10986b8f2
* doc/lispref/backups.texi (Making Backups):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
109948
diff
changeset
|
3935 fill-column: 72 |
0eb10986b8f2
* doc/lispref/backups.texi (Making Backups):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
109948
diff
changeset
|
3936 End: |
84089 | 3937 @end ignore |